blob: 52cf37c1f80315969ef50b8ee6f10e95013778c6 [file] [log] [blame]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001#
Wolfgang Denkb75190d2012-01-19 10:58:21 +01002# (C) Copyright 2000 - 2012
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003# Wolfgang Denk, DENX Software Engineering, wd@denx.de.
4#
5# See file CREDITS for list of people who contributed to this
6# project.
7#
8# This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or
9# modify it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as
10# published by the Free Software Foundation; either version 2 of
11# the License, or (at your option) any later version.
12#
13# This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
14# but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
15# MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
16# GNU General Public License for more details.
17#
18# You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
19# along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
20# Foundation, Inc., 59 Temple Place, Suite 330, Boston,
21# MA 02111-1307 USA
22#
23
24Summary:
25========
26
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000027This directory contains the source code for U-Boot, a boot loader for
wdenke86e5a02004-10-17 21:12:06 +000028Embedded boards based on PowerPC, ARM, MIPS and several other
29processors, which can be installed in a boot ROM and used to
30initialize and test the hardware or to download and run application
31code.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000032
33The development of U-Boot is closely related to Linux: some parts of
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000034the source code originate in the Linux source tree, we have some
35header files in common, and special provision has been made to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000036support booting of Linux images.
37
38Some attention has been paid to make this software easily
39configurable and extendable. For instance, all monitor commands are
40implemented with the same call interface, so that it's very easy to
41add new commands. Also, instead of permanently adding rarely used
42code (for instance hardware test utilities) to the monitor, you can
43load and run it dynamically.
44
45
46Status:
47=======
48
49In general, all boards for which a configuration option exists in the
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000050Makefile have been tested to some extent and can be considered
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000051"working". In fact, many of them are used in production systems.
52
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000053In case of problems see the CHANGELOG and CREDITS files to find out
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010054who contributed the specific port. The MAINTAINERS file lists board
55maintainers.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000056
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000057
58Where to get help:
59==================
60
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000061In case you have questions about, problems with or contributions for
62U-Boot you should send a message to the U-Boot mailing list at
Peter Tyser0c325652008-09-10 09:18:34 -050063<u-boot@lists.denx.de>. There is also an archive of previous traffic
64on the mailing list - please search the archive before asking FAQ's.
65Please see http://lists.denx.de/pipermail/u-boot and
66http://dir.gmane.org/gmane.comp.boot-loaders.u-boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000067
68
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010069Where to get source code:
70=========================
71
72The U-Boot source code is maintained in the git repository at
73git://www.denx.de/git/u-boot.git ; you can browse it online at
74http://www.denx.de/cgi-bin/gitweb.cgi?p=u-boot.git;a=summary
75
76The "snapshot" links on this page allow you to download tarballs of
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020077any version you might be interested in. Official releases are also
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010078available for FTP download from the ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/
79directory.
80
Anatolij Gustschind4ee7112008-03-26 18:13:33 +010081Pre-built (and tested) images are available from
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +010082ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/images/
83
84
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000085Where we come from:
86===================
87
88- start from 8xxrom sources
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000089- create PPCBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/ppcboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000090- clean up code
91- make it easier to add custom boards
92- make it possible to add other [PowerPC] CPUs
93- extend functions, especially:
94 * Provide extended interface to Linux boot loader
95 * S-Record download
96 * network boot
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +020097 * PCMCIA / CompactFlash / ATA disk / SCSI ... boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +000098- create ARMBoot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/armboot)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +000099- add other CPU families (starting with ARM)
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000100- create U-Boot project (http://sourceforge.net/projects/u-boot)
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +0200101- current project page: see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +0000102
103
104Names and Spelling:
105===================
106
107The "official" name of this project is "Das U-Boot". The spelling
108"U-Boot" shall be used in all written text (documentation, comments
109in source files etc.). Example:
110
111 This is the README file for the U-Boot project.
112
113File names etc. shall be based on the string "u-boot". Examples:
114
115 include/asm-ppc/u-boot.h
116
117 #include <asm/u-boot.h>
118
119Variable names, preprocessor constants etc. shall be either based on
120the string "u_boot" or on "U_BOOT". Example:
121
122 U_BOOT_VERSION u_boot_logo
123 IH_OS_U_BOOT u_boot_hush_start
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000124
125
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000126Versioning:
127===========
128
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200129Starting with the release in October 2008, the names of the releases
130were changed from numerical release numbers without deeper meaning
131into a time stamp based numbering. Regular releases are identified by
132names consisting of the calendar year and month of the release date.
133Additional fields (if present) indicate release candidates or bug fix
134releases in "stable" maintenance trees.
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000135
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200136Examples:
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000137 U-Boot v2009.11 - Release November 2009
Thomas Weber360d8832010-09-28 08:06:25 +0200138 U-Boot v2009.11.1 - Release 1 in version November 2009 stable tree
139 U-Boot v2010.09-rc1 - Release candiate 1 for September 2010 release
wdenk93f19cc2002-12-17 17:55:09 +0000140
141
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000142Directory Hierarchy:
143====================
144
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500145/arch Architecture specific files
146 /arm Files generic to ARM architecture
147 /cpu CPU specific files
148 /arm720t Files specific to ARM 720 CPUs
149 /arm920t Files specific to ARM 920 CPUs
Andreas Bießmann6eb09212011-07-18 09:41:08 +0000150 /at91 Files specific to Atmel AT91RM9200 CPU
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +0200151 /imx Files specific to Freescale MC9328 i.MX CPUs
152 /s3c24x0 Files specific to Samsung S3C24X0 CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500153 /arm925t Files specific to ARM 925 CPUs
154 /arm926ejs Files specific to ARM 926 CPUs
155 /arm1136 Files specific to ARM 1136 CPUs
156 /ixp Files specific to Intel XScale IXP CPUs
157 /pxa Files specific to Intel XScale PXA CPUs
158 /s3c44b0 Files specific to Samsung S3C44B0 CPUs
159 /sa1100 Files specific to Intel StrongARM SA1100 CPUs
160 /lib Architecture specific library files
161 /avr32 Files generic to AVR32 architecture
162 /cpu CPU specific files
163 /lib Architecture specific library files
164 /blackfin Files generic to Analog Devices Blackfin architecture
165 /cpu CPU specific files
166 /lib Architecture specific library files
Graeme Russfea25722011-04-13 19:43:28 +1000167 /x86 Files generic to x86 architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500168 /cpu CPU specific files
169 /lib Architecture specific library files
170 /m68k Files generic to m68k architecture
171 /cpu CPU specific files
172 /mcf52x2 Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF52x2 CPUs
173 /mcf5227x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5227x CPUs
174 /mcf532x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5329 CPUs
175 /mcf5445x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF5445x CPUs
176 /mcf547x_8x Files specific to Freescale ColdFire MCF547x_8x CPUs
177 /lib Architecture specific library files
178 /microblaze Files generic to microblaze architecture
179 /cpu CPU specific files
180 /lib Architecture specific library files
181 /mips Files generic to MIPS architecture
182 /cpu CPU specific files
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200183 /mips32 Files specific to MIPS32 CPUs
Xiangfu Liu80421fc2011-10-12 12:24:06 +0800184 /xburst Files specific to Ingenic XBurst CPUs
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500185 /lib Architecture specific library files
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +0000186 /nds32 Files generic to NDS32 architecture
187 /cpu CPU specific files
188 /n1213 Files specific to Andes Technology N1213 CPUs
189 /lib Architecture specific library files
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500190 /nios2 Files generic to Altera NIOS2 architecture
191 /cpu CPU specific files
192 /lib Architecture specific library files
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +0200193 /powerpc Files generic to PowerPC architecture
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -0500194 /cpu CPU specific files
195 /74xx_7xx Files specific to Freescale MPC74xx and 7xx CPUs
196 /mpc5xx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xx CPUs
197 /mpc5xxx Files specific to Freescale MPC5xxx CPUs
198 /mpc8xx Files specific to Freescale MPC8xx CPUs
199 /mpc8220 Files specific to Freescale MPC8220 CPUs
200 /mpc824x Files specific to Freescale MPC824x CPUs
201 /mpc8260 Files specific to Freescale MPC8260 CPUs
202 /mpc85xx Files specific to Freescale MPC85xx CPUs
203 /ppc4xx Files specific to AMCC PowerPC 4xx CPUs
204 /lib Architecture specific library files
205 /sh Files generic to SH architecture
206 /cpu CPU specific files
207 /sh2 Files specific to sh2 CPUs
208 /sh3 Files specific to sh3 CPUs
209 /sh4 Files specific to sh4 CPUs
210 /lib Architecture specific library files
211 /sparc Files generic to SPARC architecture
212 /cpu CPU specific files
213 /leon2 Files specific to Gaisler LEON2 SPARC CPU
214 /leon3 Files specific to Gaisler LEON3 SPARC CPU
215 /lib Architecture specific library files
216/api Machine/arch independent API for external apps
217/board Board dependent files
218/common Misc architecture independent functions
219/disk Code for disk drive partition handling
220/doc Documentation (don't expect too much)
221/drivers Commonly used device drivers
222/examples Example code for standalone applications, etc.
223/fs Filesystem code (cramfs, ext2, jffs2, etc.)
224/include Header Files
225/lib Files generic to all architectures
226 /libfdt Library files to support flattened device trees
227 /lzma Library files to support LZMA decompression
228 /lzo Library files to support LZO decompression
229/net Networking code
230/post Power On Self Test
231/rtc Real Time Clock drivers
232/tools Tools to build S-Record or U-Boot images, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000233
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000234Software Configuration:
235=======================
236
237Configuration is usually done using C preprocessor defines; the
238rationale behind that is to avoid dead code whenever possible.
239
240There are two classes of configuration variables:
241
242* Configuration _OPTIONS_:
243 These are selectable by the user and have names beginning with
244 "CONFIG_".
245
246* Configuration _SETTINGS_:
247 These depend on the hardware etc. and should not be meddled with if
248 you don't know what you're doing; they have names beginning with
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200249 "CONFIG_SYS_".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000250
251Later we will add a configuration tool - probably similar to or even
252identical to what's used for the Linux kernel. Right now, we have to
253do the configuration by hand, which means creating some symbolic
254links and editing some configuration files. We use the TQM8xxL boards
255as an example here.
256
257
258Selection of Processor Architecture and Board Type:
259---------------------------------------------------
260
261For all supported boards there are ready-to-use default
262configurations available; just type "make <board_name>_config".
263
264Example: For a TQM823L module type:
265
266 cd u-boot
267 make TQM823L_config
268
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200269For the Cogent platform, you need to specify the CPU type as well;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000270e.g. "make cogent_mpc8xx_config". And also configure the cogent
271directory according to the instructions in cogent/README.
272
273
274Configuration Options:
275----------------------
276
277Configuration depends on the combination of board and CPU type; all
278such information is kept in a configuration file
279"include/configs/<board_name>.h".
280
281Example: For a TQM823L module, all configuration settings are in
282"include/configs/TQM823L.h".
283
284
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +0000285Many of the options are named exactly as the corresponding Linux
286kernel configuration options. The intention is to make it easier to
287build a config tool - later.
288
289
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000290The following options need to be configured:
291
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500292- CPU Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC85XX.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000293
Kim Phillips26281142007-08-10 13:28:25 -0500294- Board Type: Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_MPC8540ADS.
Wolfgang Denk6ccec442006-10-24 14:42:37 +0200295
296- CPU Daughterboard Type: (if CONFIG_ATSTK1000 is defined)
Haavard Skinnemoen09ea0de2007-11-01 12:44:20 +0100297 Define exactly one, e.g. CONFIG_ATSTK1002
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000298
299- CPU Module Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
300 Define exactly one of
301 CONFIG_CMA286_60_OLD
302--- FIXME --- not tested yet:
303 CONFIG_CMA286_60, CONFIG_CMA286_21, CONFIG_CMA286_60P,
304 CONFIG_CMA287_23, CONFIG_CMA287_50
305
306- Motherboard Type: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
307 Define exactly one of
308 CONFIG_CMA101, CONFIG_CMA102
309
310- Motherboard I/O Modules: (if CONFIG_COGENT is defined)
311 Define one or more of
312 CONFIG_CMA302
313
314- Motherboard Options: (if CONFIG_CMA101 or CONFIG_CMA102 are defined)
315 Define one or more of
316 CONFIG_LCD_HEARTBEAT - update a character position on
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200317 the LCD display every second with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000318 a "rotator" |\-/|\-/
319
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000320- Board flavour: (if CONFIG_MPC8260ADS is defined)
321 CONFIG_ADSTYPE
322 Possible values are:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200323 CONFIG_SYS_8260ADS - original MPC8260ADS
324 CONFIG_SYS_8266ADS - MPC8266ADS
325 CONFIG_SYS_PQ2FADS - PQ2FADS-ZU or PQ2FADS-VR
326 CONFIG_SYS_8272ADS - MPC8272ADS
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +0000327
Lei Wencf946c62011-02-09 18:06:58 +0530328- Marvell Family Member
329 CONFIG_SYS_MVFS - define it if you want to enable
330 multiple fs option at one time
331 for marvell soc family
332
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000333- MPC824X Family Member (if CONFIG_MPC824X is defined)
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000334 Define exactly one of
335 CONFIG_MPC8240, CONFIG_MPC8245
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000336
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200337- 8xx CPU Options: (if using an MPC8xx CPU)
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000338 CONFIG_8xx_GCLK_FREQ - deprecated: CPU clock if
339 get_gclk_freq() cannot work
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000340 e.g. if there is no 32KHz
341 reference PIT/RTC clock
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000342 CONFIG_8xx_OSCLK - PLL input clock (either EXTCLK
343 or XTAL/EXTAL)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000344
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000345- 859/866/885 CPU options: (if using a MPC859 or MPC866 or MPC885 CPU):
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200346 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MIN
347 CONFIG_SYS_8xx_CPUCLK_MAX
wdenk66ca92a2004-09-28 17:59:53 +0000348 CONFIG_8xx_CPUCLK_DEFAULT
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000349 See doc/README.MPC866
350
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200351 CONFIG_SYS_MEASURE_CPUCLK
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000352
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000353 Define this to measure the actual CPU clock instead
354 of relying on the correctness of the configured
355 values. Mostly useful for board bringup to make sure
356 the PLL is locked at the intended frequency. Note
357 that this requires a (stable) reference clock (32 kHz
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200358 RTC clock or CONFIG_SYS_8XX_XIN)
wdenk75d1ea72004-01-31 20:06:54 +0000359
Heiko Schocher506f3912009-03-12 07:37:15 +0100360 CONFIG_SYS_DELAYED_ICACHE
361
362 Define this option if you want to enable the
363 ICache only when Code runs from RAM.
364
Kumar Gala66412c62011-02-18 05:40:54 -0600365- 85xx CPU Options:
366 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_TBCLK_DIV
367
368 Defines the core time base clock divider ratio compared to the
369 system clock. On most PQ3 devices this is 8, on newer QorIQ
370 devices it can be 16 or 32. The ratio varies from SoC to Soc.
371
Kumar Gala8f290842011-05-20 00:39:21 -0500372 CONFIG_SYS_FSL_PCIE_COMPAT
373
374 Defines the string to utilize when trying to match PCIe device
375 tree nodes for the given platform.
376
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100377- Intel Monahans options:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200378 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_RUN_MODE_OSC_RATIO
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100379
380 Defines the Monahans run mode to oscillator
381 ratio. Valid values are 8, 16, 24, 31. The core
382 frequency is this value multiplied by 13 MHz.
383
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200384 CONFIG_SYS_MONAHANS_TURBO_RUN_MODE_RATIO
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200385
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100386 Defines the Monahans turbo mode to oscillator
387 ratio. Valid values are 1 (default if undefined) and
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200388 2. The core frequency as calculated above is multiplied
Markus Klotzbuecher0b953ff2006-03-24 15:28:02 +0100389 by this value.
Wolfgang Denkcf48eb92006-04-16 10:51:58 +0200390
Daniel Schwierzeck92bbd642011-07-27 13:22:39 +0200391- MIPS CPU options:
392 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_SP_OFFSET
393
394 Offset relative to CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE for initial stack
395 pointer. This is needed for the temporary stack before
396 relocation.
397
398 CONFIG_SYS_MIPS_CACHE_MODE
399
400 Cache operation mode for the MIPS CPU.
401 See also arch/mips/include/asm/mipsregs.h.
402 Possible values are:
403 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NO_WA
404 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_WA
405 CONF_CM_UNCACHED
406 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_NONCOHERENT
407 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CE
408 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_COW
409 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_CUW
410 CONF_CM_CACHABLE_ACCELERATED
411
412 CONFIG_SYS_XWAY_EBU_BOOTCFG
413
414 Special option for Lantiq XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash.
415 See also arch/mips/cpu/mips32/start.S.
416
417 CONFIG_XWAY_SWAP_BYTES
418
419 Enable compilation of tools/xway-swap-bytes needed for Lantiq
420 XWAY SoCs for booting from NOR flash. The U-Boot image needs to
421 be swapped if a flash programmer is used.
422
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000423- Linux Kernel Interface:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000424 CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ
425
426 U-Boot stores all clock information in Hz
427 internally. For binary compatibility with older Linux
428 kernels (which expect the clocks passed in the
429 bd_info data to be in MHz) the environment variable
430 "clocks_in_mhz" can be defined so that U-Boot
431 converts clock data to MHZ before passing it to the
432 Linux kernel.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000433 When CONFIG_CLOCKS_IN_MHZ is defined, a definition of
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100434 "clocks_in_mhz=1" is automatically included in the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000435 default environment.
436
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000437 CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES [relevant for MIPS only]
438
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200439 When transferring memsize parameter to linux, some versions
wdenk5da627a2003-10-09 20:09:04 +0000440 expect it to be in bytes, others in MB.
441 Define CONFIG_MEMSIZE_IN_BYTES to make it in bytes.
442
Gerald Van Barenfec6d9e2008-06-03 20:34:45 -0400443 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200444
445 New kernel versions are expecting firmware settings to be
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400446 passed using flattened device trees (based on open firmware
447 concepts).
448
449 CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
450 * New libfdt-based support
451 * Adds the "fdt" command
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500452 * The bootm command automatically updates the fdt
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400453
Marcel Ziswilerb55ae402009-09-09 21:18:41 +0200454 OF_CPU - The proper name of the cpus node (only required for
455 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
456 OF_SOC - The proper name of the soc node (only required for
457 MPC512X and MPC5xxx based boards).
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200458 OF_TBCLK - The timebase frequency.
Kumar Galac2871f02006-01-11 13:59:02 -0600459 OF_STDOUT_PATH - The path to the console device
Wolfgang Denkf57f70a2005-10-13 01:45:54 +0200460
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200461 boards with QUICC Engines require OF_QE to set UCC MAC
462 addresses
Kim Phillips3bb342f2007-08-10 14:34:14 -0500463
Kumar Gala4e253132006-01-11 13:54:17 -0600464 CONFIG_OF_BOARD_SETUP
465
466 Board code has addition modification that it wants to make
467 to the flat device tree before handing it off to the kernel
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000468
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500469 CONFIG_OF_BOOT_CPU
470
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200471 This define fills in the correct boot CPU in the boot
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -0500472 param header, the default value is zero if undefined.
473
Heiko Schocher3887c3f2009-09-23 07:56:08 +0200474 CONFIG_OF_IDE_FIXUP
475
476 U-Boot can detect if an IDE device is present or not.
477 If not, and this new config option is activated, U-Boot
478 removes the ATA node from the DTS before booting Linux,
479 so the Linux IDE driver does not probe the device and
480 crash. This is needed for buggy hardware (uc101) where
481 no pull down resistor is connected to the signal IDE5V_DD7.
482
Igor Grinberg7eb29392011-07-14 05:45:07 +0000483 CONFIG_MACH_TYPE [relevant for ARM only][mandatory]
484
485 This setting is mandatory for all boards that have only one
486 machine type and must be used to specify the machine type
487 number as it appears in the ARM machine registry
488 (see http://www.arm.linux.org.uk/developer/machines/).
489 Only boards that have multiple machine types supported
490 in a single configuration file and the machine type is
491 runtime discoverable, do not have to use this setting.
492
Niklaus Giger0b2f4ec2008-11-03 22:13:47 +0100493- vxWorks boot parameters:
494
495 bootvx constructs a valid bootline using the following
496 environments variables: bootfile, ipaddr, serverip, hostname.
497 It loads the vxWorks image pointed bootfile.
498
499 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_DEVICE - The vxworks device name
500 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_MAC_PTR - Ethernet 6 byte MA -address
501 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_SERVERNAME - Name of the server
502 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_BOOT_ADDR - Address of boot parameters
503
504 CONFIG_SYS_VXWORKS_ADD_PARAMS
505
506 Add it at the end of the bootline. E.g "u=username pw=secret"
507
508 Note: If a "bootargs" environment is defined, it will overwride
509 the defaults discussed just above.
510
Aneesh V2c451f72011-06-16 23:30:47 +0000511- Cache Configuration:
512 CONFIG_SYS_ICACHE_OFF - Do not enable instruction cache in U-Boot
513 CONFIG_SYS_DCACHE_OFF - Do not enable data cache in U-Boot
514 CONFIG_SYS_L2CACHE_OFF- Do not enable L2 cache in U-Boot
515
Aneesh V93bc2192011-06-16 23:30:51 +0000516- Cache Configuration for ARM:
517 CONFIG_SYS_L2_PL310 - Enable support for ARM PL310 L2 cache
518 controller
519 CONFIG_SYS_PL310_BASE - Physical base address of PL310
520 controller register space
521
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000522- Serial Ports:
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200523 CONFIG_PL010_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000524
525 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL010 UARTs.
526
Andreas Engel48d01922008-09-08 14:30:53 +0200527 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000528
529 Define this if you want support for Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs.
530
531 CONFIG_PL011_CLOCK
532
533 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL011 UARTs, set this variable to
534 the clock speed of the UARTs.
535
536 CONFIG_PL01x_PORTS
537
538 If you have Amba PrimeCell PL010 or PL011 UARTs on your board,
539 define this to a list of base addresses for each (supported)
540 port. See e.g. include/configs/versatile.h
541
John Rigby910f1ae2011-04-19 10:42:39 +0000542 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_RLCR
543
544 Some vendor versions of PL011 serial ports (e.g. ST-Ericsson U8500)
545 have separate receive and transmit line control registers. Set
546 this variable to initialize the extra register.
547
548 CONFIG_PL011_SERIAL_FLUSH_ON_INIT
549
550 On some platforms (e.g. U8500) U-Boot is loaded by a second stage
551 boot loader that has already initialized the UART. Define this
552 variable to flush the UART at init time.
553
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +0000554
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000555- Console Interface:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000556 Depending on board, define exactly one serial port
557 (like CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC1, CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SMC2,
558 CONFIG_8xx_CONS_SCC1, ...), or switch off the serial
559 console by defining CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000560
561 Note: if CONFIG_8xx_CONS_NONE is defined, the serial
562 port routines must be defined elsewhere
563 (i.e. serial_init(), serial_getc(), ...)
564
565 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
566 Enables console device for a color framebuffer. Needs following
Wolfgang Denkc53043b2011-12-07 12:19:20 +0000567 defines (cf. smiLynxEM, i8042)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000568 VIDEO_FB_LITTLE_ENDIAN graphic memory organisation
569 (default big endian)
570 VIDEO_HW_RECTFILL graphic chip supports
571 rectangle fill
572 (cf. smiLynxEM)
573 VIDEO_HW_BITBLT graphic chip supports
574 bit-blit (cf. smiLynxEM)
575 VIDEO_VISIBLE_COLS visible pixel columns
576 (cols=pitch)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000577 VIDEO_VISIBLE_ROWS visible pixel rows
578 VIDEO_PIXEL_SIZE bytes per pixel
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000579 VIDEO_DATA_FORMAT graphic data format
580 (0-5, cf. cfb_console.c)
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +0000581 VIDEO_FB_ADRS framebuffer address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000582 VIDEO_KBD_INIT_FCT keyboard int fct
583 (i.e. i8042_kbd_init())
584 VIDEO_TSTC_FCT test char fct
585 (i.e. i8042_tstc)
586 VIDEO_GETC_FCT get char fct
587 (i.e. i8042_getc)
588 CONFIG_CONSOLE_CURSOR cursor drawing on/off
589 (requires blink timer
590 cf. i8042.c)
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200591 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_BLINK_COUNT blink interval (cf. i8042.c)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000592 CONFIG_CONSOLE_TIME display time/date info in
593 upper right corner
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500594 (requires CONFIG_CMD_DATE)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000595 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO display Linux logo in
596 upper left corner
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +0000597 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO use bmp_logo.h instead of
598 linux_logo.h for logo.
599 Requires CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000600 CONFIG_CONSOLE_EXTRA_INFO
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200601 additional board info beside
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000602 the logo
603
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000604 When CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE is defined, video console is
605 default i/o. Serial console can be forced with
606 environment 'console=serial'.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000607
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +0000608 When CONFIG_SILENT_CONSOLE is defined, all console
609 messages (by U-Boot and Linux!) can be silenced with
610 the "silent" environment variable. See
611 doc/README.silent for more information.
wdenka3ad8e22003-10-19 23:22:11 +0000612
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000613- Console Baudrate:
614 CONFIG_BAUDRATE - in bps
615 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200616 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
617 CONFIG_SYS_BRGCLK_PRESCALE, baudrate prescale
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000618
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100619- Console Rx buffer length
620 With CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN it is possible to define
621 the maximum receive buffer length for the SMC.
Heiko Schocher2b3f12c2009-02-10 09:31:47 +0100622 This option is actual only for 82xx and 8xx possible.
Heiko Schocherc92fac92009-01-30 12:55:38 +0100623 If using CONFIG_SYS_SMC_RXBUFLEN also CONFIG_SYS_MAXIDLE
624 must be defined, to setup the maximum idle timeout for
625 the SMC.
626
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000627- Pre-Console Buffer:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200628 Prior to the console being initialised (i.e. serial UART
629 initialised etc) all console output is silently discarded.
630 Defining CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_BUFFER will cause U-Boot to
631 buffer any console messages prior to the console being
632 initialised to a buffer of size CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
633 bytes located at CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_ADDR. The buffer is
634 a circular buffer, so if more than CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +0200635 bytes are output before the console is initialised, the
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200636 earlier bytes are discarded.
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000637
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +0200638 'Sane' compilers will generate smaller code if
639 CONFIG_PRE_CON_BUF_SZ is a power of 2
Graeme Russ9558b482011-09-01 00:48:27 +0000640
Simon Glass295d3942011-10-18 13:43:20 +0000641- Pre-console putc():
642 Prior to the console being initialised, console output is
643 normally silently discarded. This can be annoying if a
644 panic() happens in this time.
645
646 If the CONFIG_PRE_CONSOLE_PUTC option is defined, then
647 U-Boot will call board_pre_console_putc() for each output
648 character in this case, This function should try to output
649 the character if possible, perhaps on all available UARTs
650 (it will need to do this directly, since the console code
651 is not functional yet). Note that if the panic happens
652 early enough, then it is possible that board_init_f()
653 (or even arch_cpu_init() on ARM) has not been called yet.
654 You should init all clocks, GPIOs, etc. that are needed
655 to get the character out. Baud rates will need to default
656 to something sensible.
657
Sonny Rao046a37b2011-11-02 09:52:08 +0000658- Safe printf() functions
659 Define CONFIG_SYS_VSNPRINTF to compile in safe versions of
660 the printf() functions. These are defined in
661 include/vsprintf.h and include snprintf(), vsnprintf() and
662 so on. Code size increase is approximately 300-500 bytes.
663 If this option is not given then these functions will
664 silently discard their buffer size argument - this means
665 you are not getting any overflow checking in this case.
666
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000667- Boot Delay: CONFIG_BOOTDELAY - in seconds
668 Delay before automatically booting the default image;
669 set to -1 to disable autoboot.
670
671 See doc/README.autoboot for these options that
672 work with CONFIG_BOOTDELAY. None are required.
673 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
674 CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_MIN
675 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_KEYED
676 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_PROMPT
677 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
678 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
679 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR2
680 CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR2
681 CONFIG_ZERO_BOOTDELAY_CHECK
682 CONFIG_RESET_TO_RETRY
683
684- Autoboot Command:
685 CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
686 Only needed when CONFIG_BOOTDELAY is enabled;
687 define a command string that is automatically executed
688 when no character is read on the console interface
689 within "Boot Delay" after reset.
690
691 CONFIG_BOOTARGS
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000692 This can be used to pass arguments to the bootm
693 command. The value of CONFIG_BOOTARGS goes into the
694 environment value "bootargs".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000695
696 CONFIG_RAMBOOT and CONFIG_NFSBOOT
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000697 The value of these goes into the environment as
698 "ramboot" and "nfsboot" respectively, and can be used
699 as a convenience, when switching between booting from
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +0200700 RAM and NFS.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000701
702- Pre-Boot Commands:
703 CONFIG_PREBOOT
704
705 When this option is #defined, the existence of the
706 environment variable "preboot" will be checked
707 immediately before starting the CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
708 countdown and/or running the auto-boot command resp.
709 entering interactive mode.
710
711 This feature is especially useful when "preboot" is
712 automatically generated or modified. For an example
713 see the LWMON board specific code: here "preboot" is
714 modified when the user holds down a certain
715 combination of keys on the (special) keyboard when
716 booting the systems
717
718- Serial Download Echo Mode:
719 CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
720 If defined to 1, all characters received during a
721 serial download (using the "loads" command) are
722 echoed back. This might be needed by some terminal
723 emulations (like "cu"), but may as well just take
724 time on others. This setting #define's the initial
725 value of the "loads_echo" environment variable.
726
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500727- Kgdb Serial Baudrate: (if CONFIG_CMD_KGDB is defined)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000728 CONFIG_KGDB_BAUDRATE
729 Select one of the baudrates listed in
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200730 CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE, see below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000731
732- Monitor Functions:
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500733 Monitor commands can be included or excluded
734 from the build by using the #include files
735 "config_cmd_all.h" and #undef'ing unwanted
736 commands, or using "config_cmd_default.h"
737 and augmenting with additional #define's
738 for wanted commands.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000739
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500740 The default command configuration includes all commands
741 except those marked below with a "*".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000742
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500743 CONFIG_CMD_ASKENV * ask for env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500744 CONFIG_CMD_BDI bdinfo
745 CONFIG_CMD_BEDBUG * Include BedBug Debugger
746 CONFIG_CMD_BMP * BMP support
747 CONFIG_CMD_BSP * Board specific commands
748 CONFIG_CMD_BOOTD bootd
749 CONFIG_CMD_CACHE * icache, dcache
750 CONFIG_CMD_CONSOLE coninfo
Mike Frysinger710b9932010-12-21 14:19:51 -0500751 CONFIG_CMD_CRC32 * crc32
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500752 CONFIG_CMD_DATE * support for RTC, date/time...
753 CONFIG_CMD_DHCP * DHCP support
754 CONFIG_CMD_DIAG * Diagnostics
Peter Tysera7c93102008-12-17 16:36:22 -0600755 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510 * ds4510 I2C gpio commands
756 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_INFO * ds4510 I2C info command
757 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_MEM * ds4510 I2C eeprom/sram commansd
758 CONFIG_CMD_DS4510_RST * ds4510 I2C rst command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500759 CONFIG_CMD_DTT * Digital Therm and Thermostat
760 CONFIG_CMD_ECHO echo arguments
Peter Tyser246c6922009-10-25 15:12:56 -0500761 CONFIG_CMD_EDITENV edit env variable
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500762 CONFIG_CMD_EEPROM * EEPROM read/write support
763 CONFIG_CMD_ELF * bootelf, bootvx
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500764 CONFIG_CMD_EXPORTENV * export the environment
Mike Frysingerbdab39d2009-01-28 19:08:14 -0500765 CONFIG_CMD_SAVEENV saveenv
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500766 CONFIG_CMD_FDC * Floppy Disk Support
767 CONFIG_CMD_FAT * FAT partition support
768 CONFIG_CMD_FDOS * Dos diskette Support
769 CONFIG_CMD_FLASH flinfo, erase, protect
770 CONFIG_CMD_FPGA FPGA device initialization support
Mike Frysingera641b972010-12-26 23:32:22 -0500771 CONFIG_CMD_GO * the 'go' command (exec code)
Kim Phillipsa000b792011-04-05 07:15:14 +0000772 CONFIG_CMD_GREPENV * search environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500773 CONFIG_CMD_HWFLOW * RTS/CTS hw flow control
774 CONFIG_CMD_I2C * I2C serial bus support
775 CONFIG_CMD_IDE * IDE harddisk support
776 CONFIG_CMD_IMI iminfo
777 CONFIG_CMD_IMLS List all found images
778 CONFIG_CMD_IMMAP * IMMR dump support
Mike Frysinger0c79cda2010-12-26 23:09:45 -0500779 CONFIG_CMD_IMPORTENV * import an environment
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500780 CONFIG_CMD_IRQ * irqinfo
781 CONFIG_CMD_ITEST Integer/string test of 2 values
782 CONFIG_CMD_JFFS2 * JFFS2 Support
783 CONFIG_CMD_KGDB * kgdb
Mike Frysinger1ba7fd22010-12-26 12:34:49 -0500784 CONFIG_CMD_LDRINFO ldrinfo (display Blackfin loader)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500785 CONFIG_CMD_LOADB loadb
786 CONFIG_CMD_LOADS loads
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400787 CONFIG_CMD_MD5SUM print md5 message digest
788 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY and CONFIG_MD5)
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500789 CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY md, mm, nm, mw, cp, cmp, crc, base,
790 loop, loopw, mtest
791 CONFIG_CMD_MISC Misc functions like sleep etc
792 CONFIG_CMD_MMC * MMC memory mapped support
793 CONFIG_CMD_MII * MII utility commands
Stefan Roese68d7d652009-03-19 13:30:36 +0100794 CONFIG_CMD_MTDPARTS * MTD partition support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500795 CONFIG_CMD_NAND * NAND support
796 CONFIG_CMD_NET bootp, tftpboot, rarpboot
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600797 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X * PCA953x I2C gpio commands
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +0000798 CONFIG_CMD_PCA953X_INFO * PCA953x I2C gpio info command
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500799 CONFIG_CMD_PCI * pciinfo
800 CONFIG_CMD_PCMCIA * PCMCIA support
801 CONFIG_CMD_PING * send ICMP ECHO_REQUEST to network
802 host
803 CONFIG_CMD_PORTIO * Port I/O
804 CONFIG_CMD_REGINFO * Register dump
805 CONFIG_CMD_RUN run command in env variable
806 CONFIG_CMD_SAVES * save S record dump
807 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI * SCSI Support
808 CONFIG_CMD_SDRAM * print SDRAM configuration information
809 (requires CONFIG_CMD_I2C)
810 CONFIG_CMD_SETGETDCR Support for DCR Register access
811 (4xx only)
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -0700812 CONFIG_CMD_SF * Read/write/erase SPI NOR flash
Alexander Hollerc6b1ee62011-01-18 09:48:08 +0100813 CONFIG_CMD_SHA1SUM print sha1 memory digest
Robin Getz02c9aa12009-07-27 00:07:59 -0400814 (requires CONFIG_CMD_MEMORY)
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +0200815 CONFIG_CMD_SOURCE "source" command Support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500816 CONFIG_CMD_SPI * SPI serial bus support
Luca Ceresoli7a83af02011-05-17 00:03:40 +0000817 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPSRV * TFTP transfer in server mode
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +0000818 CONFIG_CMD_TFTPPUT * TFTP put command (upload)
Che-liang Chiouca366d02011-10-06 23:40:48 +0000819 CONFIG_CMD_TIME * run command and report execution time
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500820 CONFIG_CMD_USB * USB support
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500821 CONFIG_CMD_CDP * Cisco Discover Protocol support
822 CONFIG_CMD_FSL * Microblaze FSL support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000823
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000824
825 EXAMPLE: If you want all functions except of network
826 support you can write:
827
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500828 #include "config_cmd_all.h"
829 #undef CONFIG_CMD_NET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000830
Gerald Van Baren213bf8c2007-03-31 12:23:51 -0400831 Other Commands:
832 fdt (flattened device tree) command: CONFIG_OF_LIBFDT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000833
834 Note: Don't enable the "icache" and "dcache" commands
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500835 (configuration option CONFIG_CMD_CACHE) unless you know
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000836 what you (and your U-Boot users) are doing. Data
837 cache cannot be enabled on systems like the 8xx or
838 8260 (where accesses to the IMMR region must be
839 uncached), and it cannot be disabled on all other
840 systems where we (mis-) use the data cache to hold an
841 initial stack and some data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000842
843
844 XXX - this list needs to get updated!
845
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000846- Device tree:
847 CONFIG_OF_CONTROL
848 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will use a device tree
849 to configure its devices, instead of relying on statically
850 compiled #defines in the board file. This option is
851 experimental and only available on a few boards. The device
852 tree is available in the global data as gd->fdt_blob.
853
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000854 U-Boot needs to get its device tree from somewhere. This can
855 be done using one of the two options below:
Simon Glassbbb0b122011-10-15 05:48:21 +0000856
857 CONFIG_OF_EMBED
858 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will embed a device tree
859 binary in its image. This device tree file should be in the
860 board directory and called <soc>-<board>.dts. The binary file
861 is then picked up in board_init_f() and made available through
862 the global data structure as gd->blob.
Simon Glass45ba8072011-10-15 05:48:20 +0000863
Simon Glass2c0f79e2011-10-24 19:15:31 +0000864 CONFIG_OF_SEPARATE
865 If this variable is defined, U-Boot will build a device tree
866 binary. It will be called u-boot.dtb. Architecture-specific
867 code will locate it at run-time. Generally this works by:
868
869 cat u-boot.bin u-boot.dtb >image.bin
870
871 and in fact, U-Boot does this for you, creating a file called
872 u-boot-dtb.bin which is useful in the common case. You can
873 still use the individual files if you need something more
874 exotic.
875
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000876- Watchdog:
877 CONFIG_WATCHDOG
878 If this variable is defined, it enables watchdog
Detlev Zundel6abe6fb2011-04-27 05:25:59 +0000879 support for the SoC. There must be support in the SoC
880 specific code for a watchdog. For the 8xx and 8260
881 CPUs, the SIU Watchdog feature is enabled in the SYPCR
882 register. When supported for a specific SoC is
883 available, then no further board specific code should
884 be needed to use it.
885
886 CONFIG_HW_WATCHDOG
887 When using a watchdog circuitry external to the used
888 SoC, then define this variable and provide board
889 specific code for the "hw_watchdog_reset" function.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000890
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +0000891- U-Boot Version:
892 CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE
893 If this variable is defined, an environment variable
894 named "ver" is created by U-Boot showing the U-Boot
895 version as printed by the "version" command.
896 This variable is readonly.
897
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000898- Real-Time Clock:
899
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500900 When CONFIG_CMD_DATE is selected, the type of the RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000901 has to be selected, too. Define exactly one of the
902 following options:
903
904 CONFIG_RTC_MPC8xx - use internal RTC of MPC8xx
905 CONFIG_RTC_PCF8563 - use Philips PCF8563 RTC
Fabio Estevam4e8b7542011-10-24 06:44:15 +0000906 CONFIG_RTC_MC13XXX - use MC13783 or MC13892 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000907 CONFIG_RTC_MC146818 - use MC146818 RTC
wdenk1cb8e982003-03-06 21:55:29 +0000908 CONFIG_RTC_DS1307 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1307 RTC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000909 CONFIG_RTC_DS1337 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1337 RTC
wdenk7f70e852003-05-20 14:25:27 +0000910 CONFIG_RTC_DS1338 - use Maxim, Inc. DS1338 RTC
wdenk3bac3512003-03-12 10:41:04 +0000911 CONFIG_RTC_DS164x - use Dallas DS164x RTC
Tor Krill9536dfc2008-03-15 15:40:26 +0100912 CONFIG_RTC_ISL1208 - use Intersil ISL1208 RTC
wdenk4c0d4c32004-06-09 17:34:58 +0000913 CONFIG_RTC_MAX6900 - use Maxim, Inc. MAX6900 RTC
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200914 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_DS1337_NOOSC - Turn off the OSC output for DS1337
Heiko Schocher71d19f32011-03-28 09:24:22 +0200915 CONFIG_SYS_RV3029_TCR - enable trickle charger on
916 RV3029 RTC.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000917
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +0000918 Note that if the RTC uses I2C, then the I2C interface
919 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
920
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600921- GPIO Support:
922 CONFIG_PCA953X - use NXP's PCA953X series I2C GPIO
923 CONFIG_PCA953X_INFO - enable pca953x info command
924
Chris Packham5dec49c2010-12-19 10:12:13 +0000925 The CONFIG_SYS_I2C_PCA953X_WIDTH option specifies a list of
926 chip-ngpio pairs that tell the PCA953X driver the number of
927 pins supported by a particular chip.
928
Peter Tysere92739d2008-12-17 16:36:21 -0600929 Note that if the GPIO device uses I2C, then the I2C interface
930 must also be configured. See I2C Support, below.
931
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000932- Timestamp Support:
933
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +0000934 When CONFIG_TIMESTAMP is selected, the timestamp
935 (date and time) of an image is printed by image
936 commands like bootm or iminfo. This option is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -0500937 automatically enabled when you select CONFIG_CMD_DATE .
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000938
939- Partition Support:
940 CONFIG_MAC_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_DOS_PARTITION
richardretanubun07f3d782008-09-26 11:13:22 -0400941 and/or CONFIG_ISO_PARTITION and/or CONFIG_EFI_PARTITION
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000942
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +0100943 If IDE or SCSI support is enabled (CONFIG_CMD_IDE or
944 CONFIG_CMD_SCSI) you must configure support for at
945 least one partition type as well.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000946
947- IDE Reset method:
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000948 CONFIG_IDE_RESET_ROUTINE - this is defined in several
949 board configurations files but used nowhere!
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000950
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +0000951 CONFIG_IDE_RESET - is this is defined, IDE Reset will
952 be performed by calling the function
953 ide_set_reset(int reset)
954 which has to be defined in a board specific file
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000955
956- ATAPI Support:
957 CONFIG_ATAPI
958
959 Set this to enable ATAPI support.
960
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000961- LBA48 Support
962 CONFIG_LBA48
963
964 Set this to enable support for disks larger than 137GB
Heiko Schocher4b142fe2009-12-03 11:21:21 +0100965 Also look at CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA.
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000966 Whithout these , LBA48 support uses 32bit variables and will 'only'
967 support disks up to 2.1TB.
968
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200969 CONFIG_SYS_64BIT_LBA:
wdenkc40b2952004-03-13 23:29:43 +0000970 When enabled, makes the IDE subsystem use 64bit sector addresses.
971 Default is 32bit.
972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000973- SCSI Support:
974 At the moment only there is only support for the
975 SYM53C8XX SCSI controller; define
976 CONFIG_SCSI_SYM53C8XX to enable it.
977
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200978 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN [8], CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID [7] and
979 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_DEVICE [CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_SCSI_ID *
980 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_MAX_LUN] can be adjusted to define the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000981 maximum numbers of LUNs, SCSI ID's and target
982 devices.
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +0200983 CONFIG_SYS_SCSI_SYM53C8XX_CCF to fix clock timing (80Mhz)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +0000984
985- NETWORK Support (PCI):
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +0000986 CONFIG_E1000
Kyle Moffettce5207e2011-10-18 11:05:29 +0000987 Support for Intel 8254x/8257x gigabit chips.
988
989 CONFIG_E1000_SPI
990 Utility code for direct access to the SPI bus on Intel 8257x.
991 This does not do anything useful unless you set at least one
992 of CONFIG_CMD_E1000 or CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC.
993
994 CONFIG_E1000_SPI_GENERIC
995 Allow generic access to the SPI bus on the Intel 8257x, for
996 example with the "sspi" command.
997
998 CONFIG_CMD_E1000
999 Management command for E1000 devices. When used on devices
1000 with SPI support you can reprogram the EEPROM from U-Boot.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00001001
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001002 CONFIG_E1000_FALLBACK_MAC
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001003 default MAC for empty EEPROM after production.
Andre Schwarzac3315c2008-03-06 16:45:44 +01001004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001005 CONFIG_EEPRO100
1006 Support for Intel 82557/82559/82559ER chips.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001007 Optional CONFIG_EEPRO100_SROM_WRITE enables EEPROM
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001008 write routine for first time initialisation.
1009
1010 CONFIG_TULIP
1011 Support for Digital 2114x chips.
1012 Optional CONFIG_TULIP_SELECT_MEDIA for board specific
1013 modem chip initialisation (KS8761/QS6611).
1014
1015 CONFIG_NATSEMI
1016 Support for National dp83815 chips.
1017
1018 CONFIG_NS8382X
1019 Support for National dp8382[01] gigabit chips.
1020
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001021- NETWORK Support (other):
1022
Jens Scharsigc041e9d2010-01-23 12:03:45 +01001023 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC
1024 Support for AT91RM9200 EMAC.
1025
1026 CONFIG_RMII
1027 Define this to use reduced MII inteface
1028
1029 CONFIG_DRIVER_AT91EMAC_QUIET
1030 If this defined, the driver is quiet.
1031 The driver doen't show link status messages.
1032
Rob Herringefdd7312011-12-15 11:15:49 +00001033 CONFIG_CALXEDA_XGMAC
1034 Support for the Calxeda XGMAC device
1035
wdenk45219c42003-05-12 21:50:16 +00001036 CONFIG_DRIVER_LAN91C96
1037 Support for SMSC's LAN91C96 chips.
1038
1039 CONFIG_LAN91C96_BASE
1040 Define this to hold the physical address
1041 of the LAN91C96's I/O space
1042
1043 CONFIG_LAN91C96_USE_32_BIT
1044 Define this to enable 32 bit addressing
1045
wdenkf39748a2004-06-09 13:37:52 +00001046 CONFIG_DRIVER_SMC91111
1047 Support for SMSC's LAN91C111 chip
1048
1049 CONFIG_SMC91111_BASE
1050 Define this to hold the physical address
1051 of the device (I/O space)
1052
1053 CONFIG_SMC_USE_32_BIT
1054 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1055
1056 CONFIG_SMC_USE_IOFUNCS
1057 Define this to use i/o functions instead of macros
1058 (some hardware wont work with macros)
1059
Heiko Schocherdc02bad2011-11-15 10:00:04 -05001060 CONFIG_DRIVER_TI_EMAC
1061 Support for davinci emac
1062
1063 CONFIG_SYS_DAVINCI_EMAC_PHY_COUNT
1064 Define this if you have more then 3 PHYs.
1065
Macpaul Linb3dbf4a52010-12-21 16:59:46 +08001066 CONFIG_FTGMAC100
1067 Support for Faraday's FTGMAC100 Gigabit SoC Ethernet
1068
1069 CONFIG_FTGMAC100_EGIGA
1070 Define this to use GE link update with gigabit PHY.
1071 Define this if FTGMAC100 is connected to gigabit PHY.
1072 If your system has 10/100 PHY only, it might not occur
1073 wrong behavior. Because PHY usually return timeout or
1074 useless data when polling gigabit status and gigabit
1075 control registers. This behavior won't affect the
1076 correctnessof 10/100 link speed update.
1077
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001078 CONFIG_SMC911X
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001079 Support for SMSC's LAN911x and LAN921x chips
1080
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001081 CONFIG_SMC911X_BASE
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001082 Define this to hold the physical address
1083 of the device (I/O space)
1084
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001085 CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001086 Define this if data bus is 32 bits
1087
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001088 CONFIG_SMC911X_16_BIT
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001089 Define this if data bus is 16 bits. If your processor
1090 automatically converts one 32 bit word to two 16 bit
Mike Rapoportc2fff332009-11-11 10:03:03 +02001091 words you may also try CONFIG_SMC911X_32_BIT.
Jens Gehrlein557b3772008-05-05 14:06:11 +02001092
Yoshihiro Shimoda3d0075f2011-01-27 10:06:03 +09001093 CONFIG_SH_ETHER
1094 Support for Renesas on-chip Ethernet controller
1095
1096 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_USE_PORT
1097 Define the number of ports to be used
1098
1099 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_PHY_ADDR
1100 Define the ETH PHY's address
1101
Yoshihiro Shimoda68260aa2011-01-27 10:06:08 +09001102 CONFIG_SH_ETHER_CACHE_WRITEBACK
1103 If this option is set, the driver enables cache flush.
1104
Vadim Bendebury5e124722011-10-17 08:36:14 +00001105- TPM Support:
1106 CONFIG_GENERIC_LPC_TPM
1107 Support for generic parallel port TPM devices. Only one device
1108 per system is supported at this time.
1109
1110 CONFIG_TPM_TIS_BASE_ADDRESS
1111 Base address where the generic TPM device is mapped
1112 to. Contemporary x86 systems usually map it at
1113 0xfed40000.
1114
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001115- USB Support:
1116 At the moment only the UHCI host controller is
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001117 supported (PIP405, MIP405, MPC5200); define
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001118 CONFIG_USB_UHCI to enable it.
1119 define CONFIG_USB_KEYBOARD to enable the USB Keyboard
wdenk30d56fa2004-10-09 22:44:59 +00001120 and define CONFIG_USB_STORAGE to enable the USB
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001121 storage devices.
1122 Note:
1123 Supported are USB Keyboards and USB Floppy drives
1124 (TEAC FD-05PUB).
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001125 MPC5200 USB requires additional defines:
1126 CONFIG_USB_CLOCK
1127 for 528 MHz Clock: 0x0001bbbb
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001128 CONFIG_PSC3_USB
1129 for USB on PSC3
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001130 CONFIG_USB_CONFIG
1131 for differential drivers: 0x00001000
1132 for single ended drivers: 0x00005000
Eric Millbrandt307ecb62009-08-13 08:32:37 -05001133 for differential drivers on PSC3: 0x00000100
1134 for single ended drivers on PSC3: 0x00004100
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001135 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EVENT_POLL
Zhang Weifdcfaa12007-06-06 10:08:13 +02001136 May be defined to allow interrupt polling
1137 instead of using asynchronous interrupts
wdenk4d13cba2004-03-14 14:09:05 +00001138
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001139- USB Device:
1140 Define the below if you wish to use the USB console.
1141 Once firmware is rebuilt from a serial console issue the
1142 command "setenv stdin usbtty; setenv stdout usbtty" and
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001143 attach your USB cable. The Unix command "dmesg" should print
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001144 it has found a new device. The environment variable usbtty
1145 can be set to gserial or cdc_acm to enable your device to
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001146 appear to a USB host as a Linux gserial device or a
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001147 Common Device Class Abstract Control Model serial device.
1148 If you select usbtty = gserial you should be able to enumerate
1149 a Linux host by
1150 # modprobe usbserial vendor=0xVendorID product=0xProductID
1151 else if using cdc_acm, simply setting the environment
1152 variable usbtty to be cdc_acm should suffice. The following
1153 might be defined in YourBoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001154
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001155 CONFIG_USB_DEVICE
1156 Define this to build a UDC device
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001157
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001158 CONFIG_USB_TTY
1159 Define this to have a tty type of device available to
1160 talk to the UDC device
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001161
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001162 CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001163 Define this if you want stdin, stdout &/or stderr to
1164 be set to usbtty.
1165
1166 mpc8xx:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001167 CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001168 Derive USB clock from external clock "blah"
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001169 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_EXTC_CLK 0x02
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001170
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001171 CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0xBLAH
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001172 Derive USB clock from brgclk
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001173 - CONFIG_SYS_USB_BRG_CLK 0x04
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001174
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001175 If you have a USB-IF assigned VendorID then you may wish to
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001176 define your own vendor specific values either in BoardName.h
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001177 or directly in usbd_vendor_info.h. If you don't define
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001178 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER, CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME,
1179 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID and CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID, then U-Boot
1180 should pretend to be a Linux device to it's target host.
1181
1182 CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER
1183 Define this string as the name of your company for
1184 - CONFIG_USBD_MANUFACTURER "my company"
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001185
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001186 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME
1187 Define this string as the name of your product
1188 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCT_NAME "acme usb device"
1189
1190 CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID
1191 Define this as your assigned Vendor ID from the USB
1192 Implementors Forum. This *must* be a genuine Vendor ID
1193 to avoid polluting the USB namespace.
1194 - CONFIG_USBD_VENDORID 0xFFFF
Wolfgang Denk386eda02006-06-14 18:14:56 +02001195
Wolfgang Denk16c8d5e2006-06-14 17:45:53 +02001196 CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID
1197 Define this as the unique Product ID
1198 for your device
1199 - CONFIG_USBD_PRODUCTID 0xFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001200
Igor Grinbergd70a5602011-12-12 12:08:35 +02001201- ULPI Layer Support:
1202 The ULPI (UTMI Low Pin (count) Interface) PHYs are supported via
1203 the generic ULPI layer. The generic layer accesses the ULPI PHY
1204 via the platform viewport, so you need both the genric layer and
1205 the viewport enabled. Currently only Chipidea/ARC based
1206 viewport is supported.
1207 To enable the ULPI layer support, define CONFIG_USB_ULPI and
1208 CONFIG_USB_ULPI_VIEWPORT in your board configuration file.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001209
1210- MMC Support:
1211 The MMC controller on the Intel PXA is supported. To
1212 enable this define CONFIG_MMC. The MMC can be
1213 accessed from the boot prompt by mapping the device
1214 to physical memory similar to flash. Command line is
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001215 enabled with CONFIG_CMD_MMC. The MMC driver also works with
1216 the FAT fs. This is enabled with CONFIG_CMD_FAT.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001217
Yoshihiro Shimodaafb35662011-07-04 22:21:22 +00001218 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF
1219 Support for Renesas on-chip MMCIF controller
1220
1221 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_ADDR
1222 Define the base address of MMCIF registers
1223
1224 CONFIG_SH_MMCIF_CLK
1225 Define the clock frequency for MMCIF
1226
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001227- Journaling Flash filesystem support:
1228 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_OFF, CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_SIZE,
1229 CONFIG_JFFS2_NAND_DEV
1230 Define these for a default partition on a NAND device
1231
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001232 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_SECTOR,
1233 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_FIRST_BANK, CONFIG_SYS_JFFS2_NUM_BANKS
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001234 Define these for a default partition on a NOR device
1235
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001236 CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_CUSTOM_PART
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001237 Define this to create an own partition. You have to provide a
1238 function struct part_info* jffs2_part_info(int part_num)
1239
1240 If you define only one JFFS2 partition you may also want to
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001241 #define CONFIG_SYS_JFFS_SINGLE_PART 1
wdenk6705d812004-08-02 23:22:59 +00001242 to disable the command chpart. This is the default when you
1243 have not defined a custom partition
1244
Donggeun Kimc30a15e2011-10-24 21:15:28 +00001245- FAT(File Allocation Table) filesystem write function support:
1246 CONFIG_FAT_WRITE
1247 Support for saving memory data as a file
1248 in FAT formatted partition
1249
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001250- Keyboard Support:
1251 CONFIG_ISA_KEYBOARD
1252
1253 Define this to enable standard (PC-Style) keyboard
1254 support
1255
1256 CONFIG_I8042_KBD
1257 Standard PC keyboard driver with US (is default) and
1258 GERMAN key layout (switch via environment 'keymap=de') support.
1259 Export function i8042_kbd_init, i8042_tstc and i8042_getc
1260 for cfb_console. Supports cursor blinking.
1261
1262- Video support:
1263 CONFIG_VIDEO
1264
1265 Define this to enable video support (for output to
1266 video).
1267
1268 CONFIG_VIDEO_CT69000
1269
1270 Enable Chips & Technologies 69000 Video chip
1271
1272 CONFIG_VIDEO_SMI_LYNXEM
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001273 Enable Silicon Motion SMI 712/710/810 Video chip. The
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001274 video output is selected via environment 'videoout'
1275 (1 = LCD and 2 = CRT). If videoout is undefined, CRT is
1276 assumed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001277
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001278 For the CT69000 and SMI_LYNXEM drivers, videomode is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001279 selected via environment 'videomode'. Two different ways
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001280 are possible:
1281 - "videomode=num" 'num' is a standard LiLo mode numbers.
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001282 Following standard modes are supported (* is default):
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001283
1284 Colors 640x480 800x600 1024x768 1152x864 1280x1024
1285 -------------+---------------------------------------------
1286 8 bits | 0x301* 0x303 0x305 0x161 0x307
1287 15 bits | 0x310 0x313 0x316 0x162 0x319
1288 16 bits | 0x311 0x314 0x317 0x163 0x31A
1289 24 bits | 0x312 0x315 0x318 ? 0x31B
1290 -------------+---------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001291 (i.e. setenv videomode 317; saveenv; reset;)
1292
wdenkb79a11c2004-03-25 15:14:43 +00001293 - "videomode=bootargs" all the video parameters are parsed
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001294 from the bootargs. (See drivers/video/videomodes.c)
wdenkeeb1b772004-03-23 22:53:55 +00001295
1296
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00001297 CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001298 Enable Epson SED13806 driver. This driver supports 8bpp
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001299 and 16bpp modes defined by CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_8BPP
1300 or CONFIG_VIDEO_SED13806_16BPP
1301
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001302 CONFIG_FSL_DIU_FB
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02001303 Enable the Freescale DIU video driver. Reference boards for
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001304 SOCs that have a DIU should define this macro to enable DIU
1305 support, and should also define these other macros:
1306
1307 CONFIG_SYS_DIU_ADDR
1308 CONFIG_VIDEO
1309 CONFIG_CMD_BMP
1310 CONFIG_CFB_CONSOLE
1311 CONFIG_VIDEO_SW_CURSOR
1312 CONFIG_VGA_AS_SINGLE_DEVICE
1313 CONFIG_VIDEO_LOGO
1314 CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_LOGO
1315
Timur Tabiba8e76b2011-04-11 14:18:22 -05001316 The DIU driver will look for the 'video-mode' environment
1317 variable, and if defined, enable the DIU as a console during
1318 boot. See the documentation file README.video for a
1319 description of this variable.
Timur Tabi7d3053f2011-02-15 17:09:19 -06001320
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001321- Keyboard Support:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001322 CONFIG_KEYBOARD
wdenk682011f2003-06-03 23:54:09 +00001323
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001324 Define this to enable a custom keyboard support.
1325 This simply calls drv_keyboard_init() which must be
1326 defined in your board-specific files.
1327 The only board using this so far is RBC823.
wdenka6c7ad22002-12-03 21:28:10 +00001328
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001329- LCD Support: CONFIG_LCD
1330
1331 Define this to enable LCD support (for output to LCD
1332 display); also select one of the supported displays
1333 by defining one of these:
1334
Stelian Pop39cf4802008-05-09 21:57:18 +02001335 CONFIG_ATMEL_LCD:
1336
1337 HITACHI TX09D70VM1CCA, 3.5", 240x320.
1338
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001339 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448AC33:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001340
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001341 NEC NL6448AC33-18. Active, color, single scan.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001342
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001343 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC20
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001344
wdenkfd3103b2003-11-25 16:55:19 +00001345 NEC NL6448BC20-08. 6.5", 640x480.
1346 Active, color, single scan.
1347
1348 CONFIG_NEC_NL6448BC33_54
1349
1350 NEC NL6448BC33-54. 10.4", 640x480.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001351 Active, color, single scan.
1352
1353 CONFIG_SHARP_16x9
1354
1355 Sharp 320x240. Active, color, single scan.
1356 It isn't 16x9, and I am not sure what it is.
1357
1358 CONFIG_SHARP_LQ64D341
1359
1360 Sharp LQ64D341 display, 640x480.
1361 Active, color, single scan.
1362
1363 CONFIG_HLD1045
1364
1365 HLD1045 display, 640x480.
1366 Active, color, single scan.
1367
1368 CONFIG_OPTREX_BW
1369
1370 Optrex CBL50840-2 NF-FW 99 22 M5
1371 or
1372 Hitachi LMG6912RPFC-00T
1373 or
1374 Hitachi SP14Q002
1375
1376 320x240. Black & white.
1377
1378 Normally display is black on white background; define
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001379 CONFIG_SYS_WHITE_ON_BLACK to get it inverted.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001380
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00001381- Splash Screen Support: CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001382
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001383 If this option is set, the environment is checked for
1384 a variable "splashimage". If found, the usual display
1385 of logo, copyright and system information on the LCD
wdenke94d2cd2004-06-30 22:59:18 +00001386 is suppressed and the BMP image at the address
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001387 specified in "splashimage" is loaded instead. The
1388 console is redirected to the "nulldev", too. This
1389 allows for a "silent" boot where a splash screen is
1390 loaded very quickly after power-on.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001391
Matthias Weisser1ca298c2009-07-09 16:07:30 +02001392 CONFIG_SPLASH_SCREEN_ALIGN
1393
1394 If this option is set the splash image can be freely positioned
1395 on the screen. Environment variable "splashpos" specifies the
1396 position as "x,y". If a positive number is given it is used as
1397 number of pixel from left/top. If a negative number is given it
1398 is used as number of pixel from right/bottom. You can also
1399 specify 'm' for centering the image.
1400
1401 Example:
1402 setenv splashpos m,m
1403 => image at center of screen
1404
1405 setenv splashpos 30,20
1406 => image at x = 30 and y = 20
1407
1408 setenv splashpos -10,m
1409 => vertically centered image
1410 at x = dspWidth - bmpWidth - 9
1411
Stefan Roese98f4a3d2005-09-22 09:04:17 +02001412- Gzip compressed BMP image support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_GZIP
1413
1414 If this option is set, additionally to standard BMP
1415 images, gzipped BMP images can be displayed via the
1416 splashscreen support or the bmp command.
1417
Anatolij Gustschind5011762010-03-15 14:50:25 +01001418- Run length encoded BMP image (RLE8) support: CONFIG_VIDEO_BMP_RLE8
1419
1420 If this option is set, 8-bit RLE compressed BMP images
1421 can be displayed via the splashscreen support or the
1422 bmp command.
1423
wdenkc29fdfc2003-08-29 20:57:53 +00001424- Compression support:
1425 CONFIG_BZIP2
1426
1427 If this option is set, support for bzip2 compressed
1428 images is included. If not, only uncompressed and gzip
1429 compressed images are supported.
1430
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001431 NOTE: the bzip2 algorithm requires a lot of RAM, so
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001432 the malloc area (as defined by CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN) should
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00001433 be at least 4MB.
wdenkd791b1d2003-04-20 14:04:18 +00001434
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001435 CONFIG_LZMA
1436
1437 If this option is set, support for lzma compressed
1438 images is included.
1439
1440 Note: The LZMA algorithm adds between 2 and 4KB of code and it
1441 requires an amount of dynamic memory that is given by the
1442 formula:
1443
1444 (1846 + 768 << (lc + lp)) * sizeof(uint16)
1445
1446 Where lc and lp stand for, respectively, Literal context bits
1447 and Literal pos bits.
1448
1449 This value is upper-bounded by 14MB in the worst case. Anyway,
1450 for a ~4MB large kernel image, we have lc=3 and lp=0 for a
1451 total amount of (1846 + 768 << (3 + 0)) * 2 = ~41KB... that is
1452 a very small buffer.
1453
1454 Use the lzmainfo tool to determinate the lc and lp values and
1455 then calculate the amount of needed dynamic memory (ensuring
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001456 the appropriate CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN value).
Luigi 'Comio' Mantellinifc9c1722008-09-08 02:46:13 +02001457
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001458- MII/PHY support:
1459 CONFIG_PHY_ADDR
1460
1461 The address of PHY on MII bus.
1462
1463 CONFIG_PHY_CLOCK_FREQ (ppc4xx)
1464
1465 The clock frequency of the MII bus
1466
1467 CONFIG_PHY_GIGE
1468
1469 If this option is set, support for speed/duplex
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001470 detection of gigabit PHY is included.
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001471
1472 CONFIG_PHY_RESET_DELAY
1473
1474 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1475 reset before any MII register access is possible.
1476 For such PHY, set this option to the usec delay
1477 required. (minimum 300usec for LXT971A)
1478
1479 CONFIG_PHY_CMD_DELAY (ppc4xx)
1480
1481 Some PHY like Intel LXT971A need extra delay after
1482 command issued before MII status register can be read
1483
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001484- Ethernet address:
1485 CONFIG_ETHADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001486 CONFIG_ETH1ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001487 CONFIG_ETH2ADDR
1488 CONFIG_ETH3ADDR
richardretanubunc68a05f2008-09-29 18:28:23 -04001489 CONFIG_ETH4ADDR
1490 CONFIG_ETH5ADDR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001491
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001492 Define a default value for Ethernet address to use
1493 for the respective Ethernet interface, in case this
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001494 is not determined automatically.
1495
1496- IP address:
1497 CONFIG_IPADDR
1498
1499 Define a default value for the IP address to use for
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001500 the default Ethernet interface, in case this is not
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001501 determined through e.g. bootp.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001502 (Environment variable "ipaddr")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001503
1504- Server IP address:
1505 CONFIG_SERVERIP
1506
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001507 Defines a default value for the IP address of a TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001508 server to contact when using the "tftboot" command.
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001509 (Environment variable "serverip")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001510
Robin Getz97cfe862009-07-21 12:15:28 -04001511 CONFIG_KEEP_SERVERADDR
1512
1513 Keeps the server's MAC address, in the env 'serveraddr'
1514 for passing to bootargs (like Linux's netconsole option)
1515
Wolfgang Denk1ebcd652011-10-26 10:21:22 +00001516- Gateway IP address:
1517 CONFIG_GATEWAYIP
1518
1519 Defines a default value for the IP address of the
1520 default router where packets to other networks are
1521 sent to.
1522 (Environment variable "gatewayip")
1523
1524- Subnet mask:
1525 CONFIG_NETMASK
1526
1527 Defines a default value for the subnet mask (or
1528 routing prefix) which is used to determine if an IP
1529 address belongs to the local subnet or needs to be
1530 forwarded through a router.
1531 (Environment variable "netmask")
1532
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001533- Multicast TFTP Mode:
1534 CONFIG_MCAST_TFTP
1535
1536 Defines whether you want to support multicast TFTP as per
1537 rfc-2090; for example to work with atftp. Lets lots of targets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001538 tftp down the same boot image concurrently. Note: the Ethernet
David Updegraff53a5c422007-06-11 10:41:07 -05001539 driver in use must provide a function: mcast() to join/leave a
1540 multicast group.
1541
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001542- BOOTP Recovery Mode:
1543 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY
1544
1545 If you have many targets in a network that try to
1546 boot using BOOTP, you may want to avoid that all
1547 systems send out BOOTP requests at precisely the same
1548 moment (which would happen for instance at recovery
1549 from a power failure, when all systems will try to
1550 boot, thus flooding the BOOTP server. Defining
1551 CONFIG_BOOTP_RANDOM_DELAY causes a random delay to be
1552 inserted before sending out BOOTP requests. The
Wolfgang Denk6c33c782007-08-06 23:21:05 +02001553 following delays are inserted then:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001554
1555 1st BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 1 sec
1556 2nd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 2 sec
1557 3rd BOOTP request: delay 0 ... 4 sec
1558 4th and following
1559 BOOTP requests: delay 0 ... 8 sec
1560
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001561- DHCP Advanced Options:
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001562 You can fine tune the DHCP functionality by defining
1563 CONFIG_BOOTP_* symbols:
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001564
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001565 CONFIG_BOOTP_SUBNETMASK
1566 CONFIG_BOOTP_GATEWAY
1567 CONFIG_BOOTP_HOSTNAME
1568 CONFIG_BOOTP_NISDOMAIN
1569 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTPATH
1570 CONFIG_BOOTP_BOOTFILESIZE
1571 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
1572 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2
1573 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME
1574 CONFIG_BOOTP_NTPSERVER
1575 CONFIG_BOOTP_TIMEOFFSET
1576 CONFIG_BOOTP_VENDOREX
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001577
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001578 CONFIG_BOOTP_SERVERIP - TFTP server will be the serverip
1579 environment variable, not the BOOTP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001580
1581 CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 - If a DHCP client requests the DNS
1582 serverip from a DHCP server, it is possible that more
1583 than one DNS serverip is offered to the client.
1584 If CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS2 is enabled, the secondary DNS
1585 serverip will be stored in the additional environment
1586 variable "dnsip2". The first DNS serverip is always
1587 stored in the variable "dnsip", when CONFIG_BOOTP_DNS
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001588 is defined.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001589
1590 CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME - Some DHCP servers are capable
1591 to do a dynamic update of a DNS server. To do this, they
1592 need the hostname of the DHCP requester.
Wilson Callan5d110f02007-07-28 10:56:13 -04001593 If CONFIG_BOOTP_SEND_HOSTNAME is defined, the content
Jon Loeliger1fe80d72007-07-09 22:08:34 -05001594 of the "hostname" environment variable is passed as
1595 option 12 to the DHCP server.
stroesefe389a82003-08-28 14:17:32 +00001596
Aras Vaichasd9a2f412008-03-26 09:43:57 +11001597 CONFIG_BOOTP_DHCP_REQUEST_DELAY
1598
1599 A 32bit value in microseconds for a delay between
1600 receiving a "DHCP Offer" and sending the "DHCP Request".
1601 This fixes a problem with certain DHCP servers that don't
1602 respond 100% of the time to a "DHCP request". E.g. On an
1603 AT91RM9200 processor running at 180MHz, this delay needed
1604 to be *at least* 15,000 usec before a Windows Server 2003
1605 DHCP server would reply 100% of the time. I recommend at
1606 least 50,000 usec to be safe. The alternative is to hope
1607 that one of the retries will be successful but note that
1608 the DHCP timeout and retry process takes a longer than
1609 this delay.
1610
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001611 - CDP Options:
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00001612 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001613
1614 The device id used in CDP trigger frames.
1615
1616 CONFIG_CDP_DEVICE_ID_PREFIX
1617
1618 A two character string which is prefixed to the MAC address
1619 of the device.
1620
1621 CONFIG_CDP_PORT_ID
1622
1623 A printf format string which contains the ascii name of
1624 the port. Normally is set to "eth%d" which sets
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001625 eth0 for the first Ethernet, eth1 for the second etc.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00001626
1627 CONFIG_CDP_CAPABILITIES
1628
1629 A 32bit integer which indicates the device capabilities;
1630 0x00000010 for a normal host which does not forwards.
1631
1632 CONFIG_CDP_VERSION
1633
1634 An ascii string containing the version of the software.
1635
1636 CONFIG_CDP_PLATFORM
1637
1638 An ascii string containing the name of the platform.
1639
1640 CONFIG_CDP_TRIGGER
1641
1642 A 32bit integer sent on the trigger.
1643
1644 CONFIG_CDP_POWER_CONSUMPTION
1645
1646 A 16bit integer containing the power consumption of the
1647 device in .1 of milliwatts.
1648
1649 CONFIG_CDP_APPLIANCE_VLAN_TYPE
1650
1651 A byte containing the id of the VLAN.
1652
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001653- Status LED: CONFIG_STATUS_LED
1654
1655 Several configurations allow to display the current
1656 status using a LED. For instance, the LED will blink
1657 fast while running U-Boot code, stop blinking as
1658 soon as a reply to a BOOTP request was received, and
1659 start blinking slow once the Linux kernel is running
1660 (supported by a status LED driver in the Linux
1661 kernel). Defining CONFIG_STATUS_LED enables this
1662 feature in U-Boot.
1663
1664- CAN Support: CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER
1665
1666 Defining CONFIG_CAN_DRIVER enables CAN driver support
1667 on those systems that support this (optional)
1668 feature, like the TQM8xxL modules.
1669
1670- I2C Support: CONFIG_HARD_I2C | CONFIG_SOFT_I2C
1671
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001672 These enable I2C serial bus commands. Defining either of
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001673 (but not both of) CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C will
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001674 include the appropriate I2C driver for the selected CPU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001675
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001676 This will allow you to use i2c commands at the u-boot
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05001677 command line (as long as you set CONFIG_CMD_I2C in
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001678 CONFIG_COMMANDS) and communicate with i2c based realtime
1679 clock chips. See common/cmd_i2c.c for a description of the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001680 command line interface.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001681
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001682 CONFIG_HARD_I2C selects a hardware I2C controller.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001683
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001684 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C configures u-boot to use a software (aka
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001685 bit-banging) driver instead of CPM or similar hardware
1686 support for I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001687
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001688 There are several other quantities that must also be
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001689 defined when you define CONFIG_HARD_I2C or CONFIG_SOFT_I2C.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001691 In both cases you will need to define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SPEED
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001692 to be the frequency (in Hz) at which you wish your i2c bus
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001693 to run and CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to be the address of this node (ie
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02001694 the CPU's i2c node address).
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001695
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001696 Now, the u-boot i2c code for the mpc8xx
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02001697 (arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8xx/i2c.c) sets the CPU up as a master node
Peter Tyser8d321b82010-04-12 22:28:21 -05001698 and so its address should therefore be cleared to 0 (See,
1699 eg, MPC823e User's Manual p.16-473). So, set
1700 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_SLAVE to 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001701
Eric Millbrandt5da71ef2009-09-03 08:09:44 -05001702 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_MPC5XXX
1703
1704 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1705 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1706 in progress. Reset the slave devices by sending start
1707 commands until the slave device responds.
1708
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001709 That's all that's required for CONFIG_HARD_I2C.
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001710
1711 If you use the software i2c interface (CONFIG_SOFT_I2C)
1712 then the following macros need to be defined (examples are
1713 from include/configs/lwmon.h):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001714
1715 I2C_INIT
1716
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001717 (Optional). Any commands necessary to enable the I2C
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001718 controller or configure ports.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001719
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001720 eg: #define I2C_INIT (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SCL)
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001721
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001722 I2C_PORT
1723
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001724 (Only for MPC8260 CPU). The I/O port to use (the code
1725 assumes both bits are on the same port). Valid values
1726 are 0..3 for ports A..D.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001727
1728 I2C_ACTIVE
1729
1730 The code necessary to make the I2C data line active
1731 (driven). If the data line is open collector, this
1732 define can be null.
1733
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001734 eg: #define I2C_ACTIVE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir |= PB_SDA)
1735
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001736 I2C_TRISTATE
1737
1738 The code necessary to make the I2C data line tri-stated
1739 (inactive). If the data line is open collector, this
1740 define can be null.
1741
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001742 eg: #define I2C_TRISTATE (immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdir &= ~PB_SDA)
1743
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001744 I2C_READ
1745
1746 Code that returns TRUE if the I2C data line is high,
1747 FALSE if it is low.
1748
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001749 eg: #define I2C_READ ((immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat & PB_SDA) != 0)
1750
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001751 I2C_SDA(bit)
1752
1753 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C data line high. If it
1754 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1755
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001756 eg: #define I2C_SDA(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001757 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SDA; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001758 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SDA
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001759
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001760 I2C_SCL(bit)
1761
1762 If <bit> is TRUE, sets the I2C clock line high. If it
1763 is FALSE, it clears it (low).
1764
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001765 eg: #define I2C_SCL(bit) \
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00001766 if(bit) immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat |= PB_SCL; \
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00001767 else immr->im_cpm.cp_pbdat &= ~PB_SCL
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001768
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001769 I2C_DELAY
1770
1771 This delay is invoked four times per clock cycle so this
1772 controls the rate of data transfer. The data rate thus
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001773 is 1 / (I2C_DELAY * 4). Often defined to be something
wdenk945af8d2003-07-16 21:53:01 +00001774 like:
1775
wdenkb37c7e52003-06-30 16:24:52 +00001776 #define I2C_DELAY udelay(2)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001777
Mike Frysinger793b5722010-07-21 13:38:02 -04001778 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SCL / CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_GPIO_SDA
1779
1780 If your arch supports the generic GPIO framework (asm/gpio.h),
1781 then you may alternatively define the two GPIOs that are to be
1782 used as SCL / SDA. Any of the previous I2C_xxx macros will
1783 have GPIO-based defaults assigned to them as appropriate.
1784
1785 You should define these to the GPIO value as given directly to
1786 the generic GPIO functions.
1787
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001788 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001789
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001790 When a board is reset during an i2c bus transfer
1791 chips might think that the current transfer is still
1792 in progress. On some boards it is possible to access
1793 the i2c SCLK line directly, either by using the
1794 processor pin as a GPIO or by having a second pin
1795 connected to the bus. If this option is defined a
1796 custom i2c_init_board() routine in boards/xxx/board.c
1797 is run early in the boot sequence.
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00001798
Richard Retanubun26a33502010-04-12 15:08:17 -04001799 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_BOARD_LATE_INIT
1800
1801 An alternative to CONFIG_SYS_I2C_INIT_BOARD. If this option is
1802 defined a custom i2c_board_late_init() routine in
1803 boards/xxx/board.c is run AFTER the operations in i2c_init()
1804 is completed. This callpoint can be used to unreset i2c bus
1805 using CPU i2c controller register accesses for CPUs whose i2c
1806 controller provide such a method. It is called at the end of
1807 i2c_init() to allow i2c_init operations to setup the i2c bus
1808 controller on the CPU (e.g. setting bus speed & slave address).
1809
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00001810 CONFIG_I2CFAST (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
1811
1812 This option enables configuration of bi_iic_fast[] flags
1813 in u-boot bd_info structure based on u-boot environment
1814 variable "i2cfast". (see also i2cfast)
1815
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001816 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
1817
1818 This option allows the use of multiple I2C buses, each of which
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001819 must have a controller. At any point in time, only one bus is
1820 active. To switch to a different bus, use the 'i2c dev' command.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001821 Note that bus numbering is zero-based.
1822
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001823 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001824
1825 This option specifies a list of I2C devices that will be skipped
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001826 when the 'i2c probe' command is issued. If CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05001827 is set, specify a list of bus-device pairs. Otherwise, specify
1828 a 1D array of device addresses
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001829
1830 e.g.
1831 #undef CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001832 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_NOPROBES {0x50,0x68}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001833
1834 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on a board with one I2C bus
1835
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001836 #define CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001837 #define CONFIG_SYS_I2C_MULTI_NOPROBES {{0,0x50},{0,0x68},{1,0x54}}
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04001838
1839 will skip addresses 0x50 and 0x68 on bus 0 and address 0x54 on bus 1
1840
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001841 CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001842
1843 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for DDR SPD.
1844 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that SPD is on I2C bus 0.
1845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001846 CONFIG_SYS_RTC_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001847
1848 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the RTC.
1849 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that RTC is on I2C bus 0.
1850
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001851 CONFIG_SYS_DTT_BUS_NUM
Stefan Roese0dc018e2007-02-20 10:51:26 +01001852
1853 If defined, then this indicates the I2C bus number for the DTT.
1854 If not defined, then U-Boot assumes that DTT is on I2C bus 0.
1855
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001856 CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DTT_ADDR:
Victor Gallardo9ebbb542008-09-09 15:13:29 -07001857
1858 If defined, specifies the I2C address of the DTT device.
1859 If not defined, then U-Boot uses predefined value for
1860 specified DTT device.
1861
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001862 CONFIG_FSL_I2C
1863
1864 Define this option if you want to use Freescale's I2C driver in
Marcel Ziswiler7817cb22007-12-30 03:30:46 +01001865 drivers/i2c/fsl_i2c.c.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001866
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001867 CONFIG_I2C_MUX
1868
1869 Define this option if you have I2C devices reached over 1 .. n
1870 I2C Muxes like the pca9544a. This option addes a new I2C
1871 Command "i2c bus [muxtype:muxaddr:muxchannel]" which adds a
1872 new I2C Bus to the existing I2C Busses. If you select the
1873 new Bus with "i2c dev", u-bbot sends first the commandos for
1874 the muxes to activate this new "bus".
1875
1876 CONFIG_I2C_MULTI_BUS must be also defined, to use this
1877 feature!
1878
1879 Example:
1880 Adding a new I2C Bus reached over 2 pca9544a muxes
1881 The First mux with address 70 and channel 6
1882 The Second mux with address 71 and channel 4
1883
1884 => i2c bus pca9544a:70:6:pca9544a:71:4
1885
1886 Use the "i2c bus" command without parameter, to get a list
1887 of I2C Busses with muxes:
1888
1889 => i2c bus
1890 Busses reached over muxes:
1891 Bus ID: 2
1892 reached over Mux(es):
1893 pca9544a@70 ch: 4
1894 Bus ID: 3
1895 reached over Mux(es):
1896 pca9544a@70 ch: 6
1897 pca9544a@71 ch: 4
1898 =>
1899
1900 If you now switch to the new I2C Bus 3 with "i2c dev 3"
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001901 u-boot first sends the command to the mux@70 to enable
1902 channel 6, and then the command to the mux@71 to enable
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001903 the channel 4.
1904
1905 After that, you can use the "normal" i2c commands as
Michael Jonesf9a78b82011-07-14 22:09:28 +00001906 usual to communicate with your I2C devices behind
Heiko Schocher67b23a32008-10-15 09:39:47 +02001907 the 2 muxes.
1908
1909 This option is actually implemented for the bitbanging
1910 algorithm in common/soft_i2c.c and for the Hardware I2C
1911 Bus on the MPC8260. But it should be not so difficult
1912 to add this option to other architectures.
1913
Andrew Dyer2ac69852008-12-29 17:36:01 -06001914 CONFIG_SOFT_I2C_READ_REPEATED_START
1915
1916 defining this will force the i2c_read() function in
1917 the soft_i2c driver to perform an I2C repeated start
1918 between writing the address pointer and reading the
1919 data. If this define is omitted the default behaviour
1920 of doing a stop-start sequence will be used. Most I2C
1921 devices can use either method, but some require one or
1922 the other.
Timur Tabibe5e6182006-11-03 19:15:00 -06001923
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001924- SPI Support: CONFIG_SPI
1925
1926 Enables SPI driver (so far only tested with
1927 SPI EEPROM, also an instance works with Crystal A/D and
1928 D/As on the SACSng board)
1929
Yoshihiro Shimoda66395622011-01-31 16:50:43 +09001930 CONFIG_SH_SPI
1931
1932 Enables the driver for SPI controller on SuperH. Currently
1933 only SH7757 is supported.
1934
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001935 CONFIG_SPI_X
1936
1937 Enables extended (16-bit) SPI EEPROM addressing.
1938 (symmetrical to CONFIG_I2C_X)
1939
1940 CONFIG_SOFT_SPI
1941
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001942 Enables a software (bit-bang) SPI driver rather than
1943 using hardware support. This is a general purpose
1944 driver that only requires three general I/O port pins
1945 (two outputs, one input) to function. If this is
1946 defined, the board configuration must define several
1947 SPI configuration items (port pins to use, etc). For
1948 an example, see include/configs/sacsng.h.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001949
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001950 CONFIG_HARD_SPI
1951
1952 Enables a hardware SPI driver for general-purpose reads
1953 and writes. As with CONFIG_SOFT_SPI, the board configuration
1954 must define a list of chip-select function pointers.
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00001955 Currently supported on some MPC8xxx processors. For an
Ben Warren04a9e112008-01-16 22:37:35 -05001956 example, see include/configs/mpc8349emds.h.
1957
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001958 CONFIG_MXC_SPI
1959
1960 Enables the driver for the SPI controllers on i.MX and MXC
Fabio Estevam2e3cd1c2011-10-28 08:57:46 +00001961 SoCs. Currently i.MX31/35/51 are supported.
Guennadi Liakhovetski38254f42008-04-15 14:14:25 +02001962
Matthias Fuchs01335022007-12-27 17:12:34 +01001963- FPGA Support: CONFIG_FPGA
1964
1965 Enables FPGA subsystem.
1966
1967 CONFIG_FPGA_<vendor>
1968
1969 Enables support for specific chip vendors.
1970 (ALTERA, XILINX)
1971
1972 CONFIG_FPGA_<family>
1973
1974 Enables support for FPGA family.
1975 (SPARTAN2, SPARTAN3, VIRTEX2, CYCLONE2, ACEX1K, ACEX)
1976
1977 CONFIG_FPGA_COUNT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001978
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001979 Specify the number of FPGA devices to support.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001980
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001981 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_PROG_FEEDBACK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001982
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00001983 Enable printing of hash marks during FPGA configuration.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001984
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001985 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001986
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00001987 Enable checks on FPGA configuration interface busy
1988 status by the configuration function. This option
1989 will require a board or device specific function to
1990 be written.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001991
1992 CONFIG_FPGA_DELAY
1993
1994 If defined, a function that provides delays in the FPGA
1995 configuration driver.
1996
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02001997 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_CTRLC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00001998 Allow Control-C to interrupt FPGA configuration
1999
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002000 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_CHECK_ERROR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002001
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002002 Check for configuration errors during FPGA bitfile
2003 loading. For example, abort during Virtex II
2004 configuration if the INIT_B line goes low (which
2005 indicated a CRC error).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002006
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002007 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_INIT
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002008
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002009 Maximum time to wait for the INIT_B line to deassert
2010 after PROB_B has been deasserted during a Virtex II
2011 FPGA configuration sequence. The default time is 500
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002012 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002014 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_BUSY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002015
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002016 Maximum time to wait for BUSY to deassert during
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002017 Virtex II FPGA configuration. The default is 5 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002018
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002019 CONFIG_SYS_FPGA_WAIT_CONFIG
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002020
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002021 Time to wait after FPGA configuration. The default is
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002022 200 ms.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002023
2024- Configuration Management:
2025 CONFIG_IDENT_STRING
2026
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002027 If defined, this string will be added to the U-Boot
2028 version information (U_BOOT_VERSION)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002029
2030- Vendor Parameter Protection:
2031
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002032 U-Boot considers the values of the environment
2033 variables "serial#" (Board Serial Number) and
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002034 "ethaddr" (Ethernet Address) to be parameters that
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002035 are set once by the board vendor / manufacturer, and
2036 protects these variables from casual modification by
2037 the user. Once set, these variables are read-only,
2038 and write or delete attempts are rejected. You can
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002039 change this behaviour:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002040
2041 If CONFIG_ENV_OVERWRITE is #defined in your config
2042 file, the write protection for vendor parameters is
wdenk47cd00f2003-03-06 13:39:27 +00002043 completely disabled. Anybody can change or delete
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002044 these parameters.
2045
2046 Alternatively, if you #define _both_ CONFIG_ETHADDR
2047 _and_ CONFIG_OVERWRITE_ETHADDR_ONCE, a default
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002048 Ethernet address is installed in the environment,
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002049 which can be changed exactly ONCE by the user. [The
2050 serial# is unaffected by this, i. e. it remains
2051 read-only.]
2052
2053- Protected RAM:
2054 CONFIG_PRAM
2055
2056 Define this variable to enable the reservation of
2057 "protected RAM", i. e. RAM which is not overwritten
2058 by U-Boot. Define CONFIG_PRAM to hold the number of
2059 kB you want to reserve for pRAM. You can overwrite
2060 this default value by defining an environment
2061 variable "pram" to the number of kB you want to
2062 reserve. Note that the board info structure will
2063 still show the full amount of RAM. If pRAM is
2064 reserved, a new environment variable "mem" will
2065 automatically be defined to hold the amount of
2066 remaining RAM in a form that can be passed as boot
2067 argument to Linux, for instance like that:
2068
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01002069 setenv bootargs ... mem=\${mem}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002070 saveenv
2071
2072 This way you can tell Linux not to use this memory,
2073 either, which results in a memory region that will
2074 not be affected by reboots.
2075
2076 *WARNING* If your board configuration uses automatic
2077 detection of the RAM size, you must make sure that
2078 this memory test is non-destructive. So far, the
2079 following board configurations are known to be
2080 "pRAM-clean":
2081
2082 ETX094, IVMS8, IVML24, SPD8xx, TQM8xxL,
2083 HERMES, IP860, RPXlite, LWMON, LANTEC,
Wolfgang Denk544d97e2010-10-05 22:54:53 +02002084 FLAGADM, TQM8260
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002085
2086- Error Recovery:
2087 CONFIG_PANIC_HANG
2088
2089 Define this variable to stop the system in case of a
2090 fatal error, so that you have to reset it manually.
2091 This is probably NOT a good idea for an embedded
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002092 system where you want the system to reboot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002093 automatically as fast as possible, but it may be
2094 useful during development since you can try to debug
2095 the conditions that lead to the situation.
2096
2097 CONFIG_NET_RETRY_COUNT
2098
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002099 This variable defines the number of retries for
2100 network operations like ARP, RARP, TFTP, or BOOTP
2101 before giving up the operation. If not defined, a
2102 default value of 5 is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002103
Guennadi Liakhovetski40cb90e2008-04-03 17:04:19 +02002104 CONFIG_ARP_TIMEOUT
2105
2106 Timeout waiting for an ARP reply in milliseconds.
2107
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002108- Command Interpreter:
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002109 CONFIG_AUTO_COMPLETE
wdenk04a85b32004-04-15 18:22:41 +00002110
2111 Enable auto completion of commands using TAB.
2112
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01002113 Note that this feature has NOT been implemented yet
2114 for the "hush" shell.
Wolfgang Denk8078f1a2006-10-28 02:28:02 +02002115
2116
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002117 CONFIG_SYS_HUSH_PARSER
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002118
2119 Define this variable to enable the "hush" shell (from
2120 Busybox) as command line interpreter, thus enabling
2121 powerful command line syntax like
2122 if...then...else...fi conditionals or `&&' and '||'
2123 constructs ("shell scripts").
2124
2125 If undefined, you get the old, much simpler behaviour
2126 with a somewhat smaller memory footprint.
2127
2128
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002129 CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT_HUSH_PS2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002130
2131 This defines the secondary prompt string, which is
2132 printed when the command interpreter needs more input
2133 to complete a command. Usually "> ".
2134
2135 Note:
2136
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002137 In the current implementation, the local variables
2138 space and global environment variables space are
2139 separated. Local variables are those you define by
2140 simply typing `name=value'. To access a local
2141 variable later on, you have write `$name' or
2142 `${name}'; to execute the contents of a variable
2143 directly type `$name' at the command prompt.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002144
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002145 Global environment variables are those you use
2146 setenv/printenv to work with. To run a command stored
2147 in such a variable, you need to use the run command,
2148 and you must not use the '$' sign to access them.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002149
2150 To store commands and special characters in a
2151 variable, please use double quotation marks
2152 surrounding the whole text of the variable, instead
2153 of the backslashes before semicolons and special
2154 symbols.
2155
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002156- Commandline Editing and History:
2157 CONFIG_CMDLINE_EDITING
2158
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002159 Enable editing and History functions for interactive
Wolfgang Denkb9365a22006-07-21 11:56:05 +02002160 commandline input operations
Wolfgang Denkaa0c71a2006-07-21 11:35:21 +02002161
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002162- Default Environment:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002163 CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS
2164
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002165 Define this to contain any number of null terminated
2166 strings (variable = value pairs) that will be part of
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002167 the default environment compiled into the boot image.
wdenk2262cfe2002-11-18 00:14:45 +00002168
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002169 For example, place something like this in your
2170 board's config file:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002171
2172 #define CONFIG_EXTRA_ENV_SETTINGS \
2173 "myvar1=value1\0" \
2174 "myvar2=value2\0"
2175
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002176 Warning: This method is based on knowledge about the
2177 internal format how the environment is stored by the
2178 U-Boot code. This is NOT an official, exported
2179 interface! Although it is unlikely that this format
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00002180 will change soon, there is no guarantee either.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002181 You better know what you are doing here.
2182
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002183 Note: overly (ab)use of the default environment is
2184 discouraged. Make sure to check other ways to preset
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002185 the environment like the "source" command or the
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002186 boot command first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002187
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002188- DataFlash Support:
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002189 CONFIG_HAS_DATAFLASH
2190
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002191 Defining this option enables DataFlash features and
2192 allows to read/write in Dataflash via the standard
2193 commands cp, md...
wdenk2abbe072003-06-16 23:50:08 +00002194
Eric Nelsonf61ec452012-01-31 10:52:08 -07002195- Serial Flash support
2196 CONFIG_CMD_SF
2197
2198 Defining this option enables SPI flash commands
2199 'sf probe/read/write/erase/update'.
2200
2201 Usage requires an initial 'probe' to define the serial
2202 flash parameters, followed by read/write/erase/update
2203 commands.
2204
2205 The following defaults may be provided by the platform
2206 to handle the common case when only a single serial
2207 flash is present on the system.
2208
2209 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_BUS Bus identifier
2210 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_CS Chip-select
2211 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_MODE (see include/spi.h)
2212 CONFIG_SF_DEFAULT_SPEED in Hz
2213
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002214- SystemACE Support:
2215 CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
2216
2217 Adding this option adds support for Xilinx SystemACE
2218 chips attached via some sort of local bus. The address
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002219 of the chip must also be defined in the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002220 CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE macro. For example:
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002221
2222 #define CONFIG_SYSTEMACE
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002223 #define CONFIG_SYS_SYSTEMACE_BASE 0xf0000000
wdenk3f85ce22004-02-23 16:11:30 +00002224
2225 When SystemACE support is added, the "ace" device type
2226 becomes available to the fat commands, i.e. fatls.
2227
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002228- TFTP Fixed UDP Port:
2229 CONFIG_TFTP_PORT
2230
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002231 If this is defined, the environment variable tftpsrcp
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002232 is used to supply the TFTP UDP source port value.
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002233 If tftpsrcp isn't defined, the normal pseudo-random port
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002234 number generator is used.
2235
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02002236 Also, the environment variable tftpdstp is used to supply
2237 the TFTP UDP destination port value. If tftpdstp isn't
2238 defined, the normal port 69 is used.
2239
2240 The purpose for tftpsrcp is to allow a TFTP server to
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02002241 blindly start the TFTP transfer using the pre-configured
2242 target IP address and UDP port. This has the effect of
2243 "punching through" the (Windows XP) firewall, allowing
2244 the remainder of the TFTP transfer to proceed normally.
2245 A better solution is to properly configure the firewall,
2246 but sometimes that is not allowed.
2247
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002248- Show boot progress:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002249 CONFIG_SHOW_BOOT_PROGRESS
2250
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002251 Defining this option allows to add some board-
2252 specific code (calling a user-provided function
2253 "show_boot_progress(int)") that enables you to show
2254 the system's boot progress on some display (for
2255 example, some LED's) on your board. At the moment,
2256 the following checkpoints are implemented:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002257
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002258Legacy uImage format:
2259
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002260 Arg Where When
2261 1 common/cmd_bootm.c before attempting to boot an image
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002262 -1 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad magic number
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002263 2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct magic number
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002264 -2 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002265 3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image header has correct checksum
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002266 -3 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has bad checksum
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002267 4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image data has correct checksum
2268 -4 common/cmd_bootm.c Image is for unsupported architecture
2269 5 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002270 -5 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong Image Type (not kernel, multi)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002271 6 common/cmd_bootm.c Image Type check OK
2272 -6 common/cmd_bootm.c gunzip uncompression error
2273 -7 common/cmd_bootm.c Unimplemented compression type
2274 7 common/cmd_bootm.c Uncompression OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002275 8 common/cmd_bootm.c No uncompress/copy overwrite error
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002276 -9 common/cmd_bootm.c Unsupported OS (not Linux, BSD, VxWorks, QNX)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002277
2278 9 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2279 -10 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad magic number
2280 -11 common/image.c Ramdisk header has bad checksum
2281 10 common/image.c Ramdisk header is OK
2282 -12 common/image.c Ramdisk data has bad checksum
2283 11 common/image.c Ramdisk data has correct checksum
2284 12 common/image.c Ramdisk verification complete, start loading
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002285 -13 common/image.c Wrong Image Type (not PPC Linux ramdisk)
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002286 13 common/image.c Start multifile image verification
2287 14 common/image.c No initial ramdisk, no multifile, continue.
2288
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002289 15 arch/<arch>/lib/bootm.c All preparation done, transferring control to OS
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002290
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02002291 -30 arch/powerpc/lib/board.c Fatal error, hang the system
wdenk11dadd52004-02-27 00:07:27 +00002292 -31 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_output_backlog()
2293 -32 post/post.c POST test failed, detected by post_run_single()
wdenk63e73c92004-02-23 22:22:28 +00002294
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002295 34 common/cmd_doc.c before loading a Image from a DOC device
2296 -35 common/cmd_doc.c Bad usage of "doc" command
2297 35 common/cmd_doc.c correct usage of "doc" command
2298 -36 common/cmd_doc.c No boot device
2299 36 common/cmd_doc.c correct boot device
2300 -37 common/cmd_doc.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2301 37 common/cmd_doc.c correct chip ID found, device available
2302 -38 common/cmd_doc.c Read Error on boot device
2303 38 common/cmd_doc.c reading Image header from DOC device OK
2304 -39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has bad magic number
2305 39 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2306 -40 common/cmd_doc.c Error reading Image from DOC device
2307 40 common/cmd_doc.c Image header has correct magic number
2308 41 common/cmd_ide.c before loading a Image from a IDE device
2309 -42 common/cmd_ide.c Bad usage of "ide" command
2310 42 common/cmd_ide.c correct usage of "ide" command
2311 -43 common/cmd_ide.c No boot device
2312 43 common/cmd_ide.c boot device found
2313 -44 common/cmd_ide.c Device not available
2314 44 common/cmd_ide.c Device available
2315 -45 common/cmd_ide.c wrong partition selected
2316 45 common/cmd_ide.c partition selected
2317 -46 common/cmd_ide.c Unknown partition table
2318 46 common/cmd_ide.c valid partition table found
2319 -47 common/cmd_ide.c Invalid partition type
2320 47 common/cmd_ide.c correct partition type
2321 -48 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2322 48 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image Header from IDE device OK
2323 -49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad magic number
2324 49 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct magic number
2325 -50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has bad checksum
2326 50 common/cmd_ide.c Image header has correct checksum
2327 -51 common/cmd_ide.c Error reading Image from IDE device
2328 51 common/cmd_ide.c reading Image from IDE device OK
2329 52 common/cmd_nand.c before loading a Image from a NAND device
2330 -53 common/cmd_nand.c Bad usage of "nand" command
2331 53 common/cmd_nand.c correct usage of "nand" command
2332 -54 common/cmd_nand.c No boot device
2333 54 common/cmd_nand.c boot device found
2334 -55 common/cmd_nand.c Unknown Chip ID on boot device
2335 55 common/cmd_nand.c correct chip ID found, device available
2336 -56 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image Header on boot device
2337 56 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image Header from NAND device OK
2338 -57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has bad magic number
2339 57 common/cmd_nand.c Image header has correct magic number
2340 -58 common/cmd_nand.c Error reading Image from NAND device
2341 58 common/cmd_nand.c reading Image from NAND device OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002342
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002343 -60 common/env_common.c Environment has a bad CRC, using default
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002344
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002345 64 net/eth.c starting with Ethernet configuration.
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002346 -64 net/eth.c no Ethernet found.
2347 65 net/eth.c Ethernet found.
wdenk206c60c2003-09-18 10:02:25 +00002348
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002349 -80 common/cmd_net.c usage wrong
2350 80 common/cmd_net.c before calling NetLoop()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002351 -81 common/cmd_net.c some error in NetLoop() occurred
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002352 81 common/cmd_net.c NetLoop() back without error
2353 -82 common/cmd_net.c size == 0 (File with size 0 loaded)
2354 82 common/cmd_net.c trying automatic boot
Wolfgang Denk74de7ae2009-04-01 23:34:12 +02002355 83 common/cmd_net.c running "source" command
2356 -83 common/cmd_net.c some error in automatic boot or "source" command
Heiko Schocher566a4942007-06-22 19:11:54 +02002357 84 common/cmd_net.c end without errors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002358
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002359FIT uImage format:
2360
2361 Arg Where When
2362 100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has correct format
2363 -100 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel FIT Image has incorrect format
2364 101 common/cmd_bootm.c No Kernel subimage unit name, using configuration
2365 -101 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get configuration for kernel subimage
2366 102 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel unit name specified
2367 -103 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage node offset
Marian Balakowiczf773bea2008-03-12 10:35:46 +01002368 103 common/cmd_bootm.c Found configuration node
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002369 104 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage node offset
2370 -104 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification failed
2371 105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage hash verification OK
2372 -105 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage is for unsupported architecture
2373 106 common/cmd_bootm.c Architecture check OK
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002374 -106 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage has wrong type
2375 107 common/cmd_bootm.c Kernel subimage type OK
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002376 -107 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage data/size
2377 108 common/cmd_bootm.c Got kernel subimage data/size
2378 -108 common/cmd_bootm.c Wrong image type (not legacy, FIT)
2379 -109 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage type
2380 -110 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage comp
2381 -111 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage os
2382 -112 common/cmd_bootm.c Can't get kernel subimage load address
2383 -113 common/cmd_bootm.c Image uncompress/copy overwrite error
2384
2385 120 common/image.c Start initial ramdisk verification
2386 -120 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has incorrect format
2387 121 common/image.c Ramdisk FIT image has correct format
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002388 122 common/image.c No ramdisk subimage unit name, using configuration
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002389 -122 common/image.c Can't get configuration for ramdisk subimage
2390 123 common/image.c Ramdisk unit name specified
2391 -124 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage node offset
2392 125 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage node offset
2393 -125 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification failed
2394 126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage hash verification OK
2395 -126 common/image.c Ramdisk subimage for unsupported architecture
2396 127 common/image.c Architecture check OK
2397 -127 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk subimage data/size
2398 128 common/image.c Got ramdisk subimage data/size
2399 129 common/image.c Can't get ramdisk load address
2400 -129 common/image.c Got ramdisk load address
2401
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002402 -130 common/cmd_doc.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002403 131 common/cmd_doc.c FIT image format OK
2404
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002405 -140 common/cmd_ide.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002406 141 common/cmd_ide.c FIT image format OK
2407
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002408 -150 common/cmd_nand.c Incorrect FIT image format
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002409 151 common/cmd_nand.c FIT image format OK
2410
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002411- Standalone program support:
2412 CONFIG_STANDALONE_LOAD_ADDR
2413
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002414 This option defines a board specific value for the
2415 address where standalone program gets loaded, thus
2416 overwriting the architecture dependent default
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002417 settings.
2418
2419- Frame Buffer Address:
2420 CONFIG_FB_ADDR
2421
2422 Define CONFIG_FB_ADDR if you want to use specific
2423 address for frame buffer.
2424 Then system will reserve the frame buffer address to
2425 defined address instead of lcd_setmem (this function
Wolfgang Denk6feff892011-10-09 21:06:34 +02002426 grabs the memory for frame buffer by panel's size).
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02002427
2428 Please see board_init_f function.
2429
Detlev Zundelcccfc2a2009-12-01 17:16:19 +01002430- Automatic software updates via TFTP server
2431 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP
2432 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_CNT_MAX
2433 CONFIG_UPDATE_TFTP_MSEC_MAX
2434
2435 These options enable and control the auto-update feature;
2436 for a more detailed description refer to doc/README.update.
2437
2438- MTD Support (mtdparts command, UBI support)
2439 CONFIG_MTD_DEVICE
2440
2441 Adds the MTD device infrastructure from the Linux kernel.
2442 Needed for mtdparts command support.
2443
2444 CONFIG_MTD_PARTITIONS
2445
2446 Adds the MTD partitioning infrastructure from the Linux
2447 kernel. Needed for UBI support.
2448
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002449- SPL framework
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002450 CONFIG_SPL
2451 Enable building of SPL globally.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002452
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002453 CONFIG_SPL_TEXT_BASE
2454 TEXT_BASE for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002455
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002456 CONFIG_SPL_LDSCRIPT
2457 LDSCRIPT for linking the SPL binary.
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002458
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002459 CONFIG_SPL_LIBCOMMON_SUPPORT
2460 Support for common/libcommon.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002461
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002462 CONFIG_SPL_LIBDISK_SUPPORT
2463 Support for disk/libdisk.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002464
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002465 CONFIG_SPL_I2C_SUPPORT
2466 Support for drivers/i2c/libi2c.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002467
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002468 CONFIG_SPL_GPIO_SUPPORT
2469 Support for drivers/gpio/libgpio.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002470
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002471 CONFIG_SPL_MMC_SUPPORT
2472 Support for drivers/mmc/libmmc.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002473
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002474 CONFIG_SPL_SERIAL_SUPPORT
2475 Support for drivers/serial/libserial.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002476
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002477 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_FLASH_SUPPORT
2478 Support for drivers/mtd/spi/libspi_flash.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002479
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002480 CONFIG_SPL_SPI_SUPPORT
2481 Support for drivers/spi/libspi.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002482
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002483 CONFIG_SPL_FAT_SUPPORT
2484 Support for fs/fat/libfat.o in SPL binary
Daniel Schwierzeck6a11cf42011-07-18 07:48:07 +00002485
Wolfgang Denk04e5ae72011-09-11 21:24:09 +02002486 CONFIG_SPL_LIBGENERIC_SUPPORT
2487 Support for lib/libgeneric.o in SPL binary
Marian Balakowicz1372cce2008-03-12 10:33:01 +01002488
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002489Modem Support:
2490--------------
2491
Wolfgang Denk566e5cf2011-05-01 20:44:23 +02002492[so far only for SMDK2400 boards]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002493
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002494- Modem support enable:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002495 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT
2496
2497- RTS/CTS Flow control enable:
2498 CONFIG_HWFLOW
2499
2500- Modem debug support:
2501 CONFIG_MODEM_SUPPORT_DEBUG
2502
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002503 Enables debugging stuff (char screen[1024], dbg())
2504 for modem support. Useful only with BDI2000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002505
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002506- Interrupt support (PPC):
2507
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002508 There are common interrupt_init() and timer_interrupt()
2509 for all PPC archs. interrupt_init() calls interrupt_init_cpu()
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002510 for CPU specific initialization. interrupt_init_cpu()
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002511 should set decrementer_count to appropriate value. If
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002512 CPU resets decrementer automatically after interrupt
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002513 (ppc4xx) it should set decrementer_count to zero.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002514 timer_interrupt() calls timer_interrupt_cpu() for CPU
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002515 specific handling. If board has watchdog / status_led
2516 / other_activity_monitor it works automatically from
2517 general timer_interrupt().
wdenka8c7c702003-12-06 19:49:23 +00002518
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002519- General:
2520
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002521 In the target system modem support is enabled when a
2522 specific key (key combination) is pressed during
2523 power-on. Otherwise U-Boot will boot normally
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002524 (autoboot). The key_pressed() function is called from
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002525 board_init(). Currently key_pressed() is a dummy
2526 function, returning 1 and thus enabling modem
2527 initialization.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002528
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002529 If there are no modem init strings in the
2530 environment, U-Boot proceed to autoboot; the
2531 previous output (banner, info printfs) will be
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002532 suppressed, though.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002533
2534 See also: doc/README.Modem
2535
Helmut Raiger9660e442011-10-20 04:19:47 +00002536Board initialization settings:
2537------------------------------
2538
2539During Initialization u-boot calls a number of board specific functions
2540to allow the preparation of board specific prerequisites, e.g. pin setup
2541before drivers are initialized. To enable these callbacks the
2542following configuration macros have to be defined. Currently this is
2543architecture specific, so please check arch/your_architecture/lib/board.c
2544typically in board_init_f() and board_init_r().
2545
2546- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_F: Call board_early_init_f()
2547- CONFIG_BOARD_EARLY_INIT_R: Call board_early_init_r()
2548- CONFIG_BOARD_LATE_INIT: Call board_late_init()
2549- CONFIG_BOARD_POSTCLK_INIT: Call board_postclk_init()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002550
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002551Configuration Settings:
2552-----------------------
2553
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002554- CONFIG_SYS_LONGHELP: Defined when you want long help messages included;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002555 undefine this when you're short of memory.
2556
Peter Tyser2fb26042009-01-27 18:03:12 -06002557- CONFIG_SYS_HELP_CMD_WIDTH: Defined when you want to override the default
2558 width of the commands listed in the 'help' command output.
2559
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002560- CONFIG_SYS_PROMPT: This is what U-Boot prints on the console to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002561 prompt for user input.
2562
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002563- CONFIG_SYS_CBSIZE: Buffer size for input from the Console
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002564
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002565- CONFIG_SYS_PBSIZE: Buffer size for Console output
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002566
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002567- CONFIG_SYS_MAXARGS: max. Number of arguments accepted for monitor commands
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002568
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002569- CONFIG_SYS_BARGSIZE: Buffer size for Boot Arguments which are passed to
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002570 the application (usually a Linux kernel) when it is
2571 booted
2572
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002573- CONFIG_SYS_BAUDRATE_TABLE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002574 List of legal baudrate settings for this board.
2575
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002576- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_INFO_QUIET
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002577 Suppress display of console information at boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002578
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002579- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_IS_IN_ENV
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002580 If the board specific function
2581 extern int overwrite_console (void);
2582 returns 1, the stdin, stderr and stdout are switched to the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002583 serial port, else the settings in the environment are used.
2584
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002585- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_OVERWRITE_ROUTINE
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002586 Enable the call to overwrite_console().
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002587
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002588- CONFIG_SYS_CONSOLE_ENV_OVERWRITE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002589 Enable overwrite of previous console environment settings.
2590
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002591- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_START, CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_END:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002592 Begin and End addresses of the area used by the
2593 simple memory test.
2594
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002595- CONFIG_SYS_ALT_MEMTEST:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002596 Enable an alternate, more extensive memory test.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002597
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002598- CONFIG_SYS_MEMTEST_SCRATCH:
wdenk5f535fe2003-09-18 09:21:33 +00002599 Scratch address used by the alternate memory test
2600 You only need to set this if address zero isn't writeable
2601
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002602- CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE (PPC only):
2603 If CONFIG_SYS_MEM_TOP_HIDE is defined in the board config header,
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002604 this specified memory area will get subtracted from the top
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002605 (end) of RAM and won't get "touched" at all by U-Boot. By
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002606 fixing up gd->ram_size the Linux kernel should gets passed
2607 the now "corrected" memory size and won't touch it either.
2608 This should work for arch/ppc and arch/powerpc. Only Linux
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002609 board ports in arch/powerpc with bootwrapper support that
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002610 recalculate the memory size from the SDRAM controller setup
Stefan Roese5e12e752008-03-28 11:02:53 +01002611 will have to get fixed in Linux additionally.
Stefan Roese14f73ca2008-03-26 10:14:11 +01002612
2613 This option can be used as a workaround for the 440EPx/GRx
2614 CHIP 11 errata where the last 256 bytes in SDRAM shouldn't
2615 be touched.
2616
2617 WARNING: Please make sure that this value is a multiple of
2618 the Linux page size (normally 4k). If this is not the case,
2619 then the end address of the Linux memory will be located at a
2620 non page size aligned address and this could cause major
2621 problems.
2622
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002623- CONFIG_SYS_TFTP_LOADADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002624 Default load address for network file downloads
2625
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002626- CONFIG_SYS_LOADS_BAUD_CHANGE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002627 Enable temporary baudrate change while serial download
2628
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002629- CONFIG_SYS_SDRAM_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002630 Physical start address of SDRAM. _Must_ be 0 here.
2631
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002632- CONFIG_SYS_MBIO_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002633 Physical start address of Motherboard I/O (if using a
2634 Cogent motherboard)
2635
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002636- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002637 Physical start address of Flash memory.
2638
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002639- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_BASE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002640 Physical start address of boot monitor code (set by
2641 make config files to be same as the text base address
Wolfgang Denk14d0a022010-10-07 21:51:12 +02002642 (CONFIG_SYS_TEXT_BASE) used when linking) - same as
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002643 CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE when booting from flash.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002644
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002645- CONFIG_SYS_MONITOR_LEN:
wdenk8bde7f72003-06-27 21:31:46 +00002646 Size of memory reserved for monitor code, used to
2647 determine _at_compile_time_ (!) if the environment is
2648 embedded within the U-Boot image, or in a separate
2649 flash sector.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002650
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002651- CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002652 Size of DRAM reserved for malloc() use.
2653
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002654- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN:
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002655 Normally compressed uImages are limited to an
2656 uncompressed size of 8 MBytes. If this is not enough,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002657 you can define CONFIG_SYS_BOOTM_LEN in your board config file
Stefan Roese15940c92006-03-13 11:16:36 +01002658 to adjust this setting to your needs.
2659
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002660- CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002661 Maximum size of memory mapped by the startup code of
2662 the Linux kernel; all data that must be processed by
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02002663 the Linux kernel (bd_info, boot arguments, FDT blob if
2664 used) must be put below this limit, unless "bootm_low"
2665 enviroment variable is defined and non-zero. In such case
2666 all data for the Linux kernel must be between "bootm_low"
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002667 and "bootm_low" + CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. The environment
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00002668 variable "bootm_mapsize" will override the value of
2669 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ. If CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is undefined,
2670 then the value in "bootm_size" will be used instead.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002671
John Rigbyfca43cc2010-10-13 13:57:35 -06002672- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_RAMDISK_HIGH:
2673 Enable initrd_high functionality. If defined then the
2674 initrd_high feature is enabled and the bootm ramdisk subcommand
2675 is enabled.
2676
2677- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_CMDLINE:
2678 Enables allocating and saving kernel cmdline in space between
2679 "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2680
2681- CONFIG_SYS_BOOT_GET_KBD:
2682 Enables allocating and saving a kernel copy of the bd_info in
2683 space between "bootm_low" and "bootm_low" + BOOTMAPSZ.
2684
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002685- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_BANKS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002686 Max number of Flash memory banks
2687
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002688- CONFIG_SYS_MAX_FLASH_SECT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002689 Max number of sectors on a Flash chip
2690
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002691- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_ERASE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002692 Timeout for Flash erase operations (in ms)
2693
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002694- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_WRITE_TOUT:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002695 Timeout for Flash write operations (in ms)
2696
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002697- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_LOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002698 Timeout for Flash set sector lock bit operation (in ms)
2699
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002700- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_UNLOCK_TOUT
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002701 Timeout for Flash clear lock bits operation (in ms)
2702
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002703- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_PROTECTION
wdenk8564acf2003-07-14 22:13:32 +00002704 If defined, hardware flash sectors protection is used
2705 instead of U-Boot software protection.
2706
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002707- CONFIG_SYS_DIRECT_FLASH_TFTP:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002708
2709 Enable TFTP transfers directly to flash memory;
2710 without this option such a download has to be
2711 performed in two steps: (1) download to RAM, and (2)
2712 copy from RAM to flash.
2713
2714 The two-step approach is usually more reliable, since
2715 you can check if the download worked before you erase
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002716 the flash, but in some situations (when system RAM is
2717 too limited to allow for a temporary copy of the
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002718 downloaded image) this option may be very useful.
2719
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002720- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_CFI:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002721 Define if the flash driver uses extra elements in the
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002722 common flash structure for storing flash geometry.
2723
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD00b18832008-08-13 01:40:42 +02002724- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_DRIVER
wdenk5653fc32004-02-08 22:55:38 +00002725 This option also enables the building of the cfi_flash driver
2726 in the drivers directory
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002727
Piotr Ziecik91809ed2008-11-17 15:57:58 +01002728- CONFIG_FLASH_CFI_MTD
2729 This option enables the building of the cfi_mtd driver
2730 in the drivers directory. The driver exports CFI flash
2731 to the MTD layer.
2732
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002733- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_USE_BUFFER_WRITE
Guennadi Liakhovetski96ef8312008-04-03 13:36:02 +02002734 Use buffered writes to flash.
2735
2736- CONFIG_FLASH_SPANSION_S29WS_N
2737 s29ws-n MirrorBit flash has non-standard addresses for buffered
2738 write commands.
2739
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002740- CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_QUIET_TEST
Stefan Roese5568e612005-11-22 13:20:42 +01002741 If this option is defined, the common CFI flash doesn't
2742 print it's warning upon not recognized FLASH banks. This
2743 is useful, if some of the configured banks are only
2744 optionally available.
2745
Jerry Van Baren9a042e92008-03-08 13:48:01 -05002746- CONFIG_FLASH_SHOW_PROGRESS
2747 If defined (must be an integer), print out countdown
2748 digits and dots. Recommended value: 45 (9..1) for 80
2749 column displays, 15 (3..1) for 40 column displays.
2750
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002751- CONFIG_SYS_RX_ETH_BUFFER:
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002752 Defines the number of Ethernet receive buffers. On some
2753 Ethernet controllers it is recommended to set this value
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002754 to 8 or even higher (EEPRO100 or 405 EMAC), since all
2755 buffers can be full shortly after enabling the interface
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002756 on high Ethernet traffic.
stroese53cf9432003-06-05 15:39:44 +00002757 Defaults to 4 if not defined.
2758
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002759- CONFIG_ENV_MAX_ENTRIES
2760
Wolfgang Denk071bc922010-10-27 22:48:30 +02002761 Maximum number of entries in the hash table that is used
2762 internally to store the environment settings. The default
2763 setting is supposed to be generous and should work in most
2764 cases. This setting can be used to tune behaviour; see
2765 lib/hashtable.c for details.
Wolfgang Denkea882ba2010-06-20 23:33:59 +02002766
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002767The following definitions that deal with the placement and management
2768of environment data (variable area); in general, we support the
2769following configurations:
2770
Mike Frysingerc3eb3fe2011-07-08 10:44:25 +00002771- CONFIG_BUILD_ENVCRC:
2772
2773 Builds up envcrc with the target environment so that external utils
2774 may easily extract it and embed it in final U-Boot images.
2775
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002776- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002777
2778 Define this if the environment is in flash memory.
2779
2780 a) The environment occupies one whole flash sector, which is
2781 "embedded" in the text segment with the U-Boot code. This
2782 happens usually with "bottom boot sector" or "top boot
2783 sector" type flash chips, which have several smaller
2784 sectors at the start or the end. For instance, such a
2785 layout can have sector sizes of 8, 2x4, 16, Nx32 kB. In
2786 such a case you would place the environment in one of the
2787 4 kB sectors - with U-Boot code before and after it. With
2788 "top boot sector" type flash chips, you would put the
2789 environment in one of the last sectors, leaving a gap
2790 between U-Boot and the environment.
2791
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002792 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002793
2794 Offset of environment data (variable area) to the
2795 beginning of flash memory; for instance, with bottom boot
2796 type flash chips the second sector can be used: the offset
2797 for this sector is given here.
2798
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002799 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET is used relative to CONFIG_SYS_FLASH_BASE.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002800
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002801 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002802
2803 This is just another way to specify the start address of
2804 the flash sector containing the environment (instead of
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002805 CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002806
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002807 - CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002808
2809 Size of the sector containing the environment.
2810
2811
2812 b) Sometimes flash chips have few, equal sized, BIG sectors.
2813 In such a case you don't want to spend a whole sector for
2814 the environment.
2815
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002816 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002817
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD5a1aceb2008-09-10 22:48:04 +02002818 If you use this in combination with CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_FLASH
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002819 and CONFIG_ENV_SECT_SIZE, you can specify to use only a part
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002820 of this flash sector for the environment. This saves
2821 memory for the RAM copy of the environment.
2822
2823 It may also save flash memory if you decide to use this
2824 when your environment is "embedded" within U-Boot code,
2825 since then the remainder of the flash sector could be used
2826 for U-Boot code. It should be pointed out that this is
2827 STRONGLY DISCOURAGED from a robustness point of view:
2828 updating the environment in flash makes it always
2829 necessary to erase the WHOLE sector. If something goes
2830 wrong before the contents has been restored from a copy in
2831 RAM, your target system will be dead.
2832
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002833 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR_REDUND
2834 CONFIG_ENV_SIZE_REDUND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002835
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002836 These settings describe a second storage area used to hold
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002837 a redundant copy of the environment data, so that there is
wdenk3e386912003-04-05 00:53:31 +00002838 a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure during
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00002839 a "saveenv" operation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002840
2841BE CAREFUL! Any changes to the flash layout, and some changes to the
2842source code will make it necessary to adapt <board>/u-boot.lds*
2843accordingly!
2844
2845
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD9314cee2008-09-10 22:47:59 +02002846- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NVRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002847
2848 Define this if you have some non-volatile memory device
2849 (NVRAM, battery buffered SRAM) which you want to use for the
2850 environment.
2851
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002852 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2853 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002854
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002855 These two #defines are used to determine the memory area you
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002856 want to use for environment. It is assumed that this memory
2857 can just be read and written to, without any special
2858 provision.
2859
2860BE CAREFUL! The first access to the environment happens quite early
2861in U-Boot initalization (when we try to get the setting of for the
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02002862console baudrate). You *MUST* have mapped your NVRAM area then, or
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002863U-Boot will hang.
2864
2865Please note that even with NVRAM we still use a copy of the
2866environment in RAM: we could work on NVRAM directly, but we want to
2867keep settings there always unmodified except somebody uses "saveenv"
2868to save the current settings.
2869
2870
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDbb1f8b42008-09-05 09:19:30 +02002871- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_EEPROM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002872
2873 Use this if you have an EEPROM or similar serial access
2874 device and a driver for it.
2875
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002876 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2877 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002878
2879 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the
2880 environment area within the total memory of your EEPROM.
2881
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002882 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002883 If defined, specified the chip address of the EEPROM device.
2884 The default address is zero.
2885
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002886 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_BITS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002887 If defined, the number of bits used to address bytes in a
2888 single page in the EEPROM device. A 64 byte page, for example
2889 would require six bits.
2890
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002891 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_PAGE_WRITE_DELAY_MS:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002892 If defined, the number of milliseconds to delay between
wdenkba56f622004-02-06 23:19:44 +00002893 page writes. The default is zero milliseconds.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002894
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002895 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_LEN:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002896 The length in bytes of the EEPROM memory array address. Note
2897 that this is NOT the chip address length!
2898
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002899 - CONFIG_SYS_I2C_EEPROM_ADDR_OVERFLOW:
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00002900 EEPROM chips that implement "address overflow" are ones
2901 like Catalyst 24WC04/08/16 which has 9/10/11 bits of
2902 address and the extra bits end up in the "chip address" bit
2903 slots. This makes a 24WC08 (1Kbyte) chip look like four 256
2904 byte chips.
2905
2906 Note that we consider the length of the address field to
2907 still be one byte because the extra address bits are hidden
2908 in the chip address.
2909
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002910 - CONFIG_SYS_EEPROM_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002911 The size in bytes of the EEPROM device.
2912
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002913 - CONFIG_ENV_EEPROM_IS_ON_I2C
2914 define this, if you have I2C and SPI activated, and your
2915 EEPROM, which holds the environment, is on the I2C bus.
2916
2917 - CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS
2918 if you have an Environment on an EEPROM reached over
2919 I2C muxes, you can define here, how to reach this
2920 EEPROM. For example:
2921
Wolfgang Denka9046b92010-06-13 17:48:15 +02002922 #define CONFIG_I2C_ENV_EEPROM_BUS "pca9547:70:d\0"
Heiko Schocher548738b2010-01-07 08:55:40 +01002923
2924 EEPROM which holds the environment, is reached over
2925 a pca9547 i2c mux with address 0x70, channel 3.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002926
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD057c8492008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002927- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_DATAFLASH:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002928
wdenkd4ca31c2004-01-02 14:00:00 +00002929 Define this if you have a DataFlash memory device which you
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002930 want to use for the environment.
2931
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002932 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2933 - CONFIG_ENV_ADDR:
2934 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002935
2936 These three #defines specify the offset and size of the
2937 environment area within the total memory of your DataFlash placed
2938 at the specified address.
2939
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD51bfee12008-09-10 22:47:58 +02002940- CONFIG_ENV_IS_IN_NAND:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002941
2942 Define this if you have a NAND device which you want to use
2943 for the environment.
2944
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002945 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET:
2946 - CONFIG_ENV_SIZE:
wdenk13a56952004-06-09 14:58:14 +00002947
2948 These two #defines specify the offset and size of the environment
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002949 area within the first NAND device. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET must be
2950 aligned to an erase block boundary.
wdenk5779d8d2003-12-06 23:55:10 +00002951
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002952 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND (optional):
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002953
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD0e8d1582008-09-10 22:48:06 +02002954 This setting describes a second storage area of CONFIG_ENV_SIZE
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002955 size used to hold a redundant copy of the environment data, so
2956 that there is a valid backup copy in case there is a power failure
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00002957 during a "saveenv" operation. CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_RENDUND must be
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002958 aligned to an erase block boundary.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002959
Scott Woodfdd813d2010-09-17 14:38:37 -05002960 - CONFIG_ENV_RANGE (optional):
2961
2962 Specifies the length of the region in which the environment
2963 can be written. This should be a multiple of the NAND device's
2964 block size. Specifying a range with more erase blocks than
2965 are needed to hold CONFIG_ENV_SIZE allows bad blocks within
2966 the range to be avoided.
2967
2968 - CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB (optional):
2969
2970 Enables support for dynamically retrieving the offset of the
2971 environment from block zero's out-of-band data. The
2972 "nand env.oob" command can be used to record this offset.
2973 Currently, CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_REDUND is not supported when
2974 using CONFIG_ENV_OFFSET_OOB.
Markus Klotzbuechere443c942006-03-20 18:02:44 +01002975
Guennadi Liakhovetskib74ab732009-05-18 16:07:22 +02002976- CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST
2977
2978 Defines address in RAM to which the nand_spl code should copy the
2979 environment. If redundant environment is used, it will be copied to
2980 CONFIG_NAND_ENV_DST + CONFIG_ENV_SIZE.
2981
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02002982- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_INIT_OFFSET
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002983
2984 Defines offset to the initial SPI buffer area in DPRAM. The
2985 area is used at an early stage (ROM part) if the environment
2986 is configured to reside in the SPI EEPROM: We need a 520 byte
2987 scratch DPRAM area. It is used between the two initialization
2988 calls (spi_init_f() and spi_init_r()). A value of 0xB00 seems
2989 to be a good choice since it makes it far enough from the
2990 start of the data area as well as from the stack pointer.
2991
Bruce Adlere881cb52007-11-02 13:15:42 -07002992Please note that the environment is read-only until the monitor
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002993has been relocated to RAM and a RAM copy of the environment has been
Wolfgang Denkcdb74972010-07-24 21:55:43 +02002994created; also, when using EEPROM you will have to use getenv_f()
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00002995until then to read environment variables.
2996
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00002997The environment is protected by a CRC32 checksum. Before the monitor
2998is relocated into RAM, as a result of a bad CRC you will be working
2999with the compiled-in default environment - *silently*!!! [This is
3000necessary, because the first environment variable we need is the
3001"baudrate" setting for the console - if we have a bad CRC, we don't
3002have any device yet where we could complain.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003003
3004Note: once the monitor has been relocated, then it will complain if
3005the default environment is used; a new CRC is computed as soon as you
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00003006use the "saveenv" command to store a valid environment.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003007
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003008- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_ECHO_LINK_DOWN:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003009 Echo the inverted Ethernet link state to the fault LED.
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003010
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003011 Note: If this option is active, then CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR
wdenkfc3e2162003-10-08 22:33:00 +00003012 also needs to be defined.
3013
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003014- CONFIG_SYS_FAULT_MII_ADDR:
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003015 MII address of the PHY to check for the Ethernet link state.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003016
Ron Madridf5675aa2009-02-18 14:30:44 -08003017- CONFIG_NS16550_MIN_FUNCTIONS:
3018 Define this if you desire to only have use of the NS16550_init
3019 and NS16550_putc functions for the serial driver located at
3020 drivers/serial/ns16550.c. This option is useful for saving
3021 space for already greatly restricted images, including but not
3022 limited to NAND_SPL configurations.
3023
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003024Low Level (hardware related) configuration options:
wdenkdc7c9a12003-03-26 06:55:25 +00003025---------------------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003026
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003027- CONFIG_SYS_CACHELINE_SIZE:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003028 Cache Line Size of the CPU.
3029
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003030- CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003031 Default address of the IMMR after system reset.
wdenk2535d602003-07-17 23:16:40 +00003032
wdenk42d1f032003-10-15 23:53:47 +00003033 Needed on some 8260 systems (MPC8260ADS, PQ2FADS-ZU,
3034 and RPXsuper) to be able to adjust the position of
3035 the IMMR register after a reset.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003036
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003037- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT:
3038 Default (power-on reset) physical address of CCSR on Freescale
3039 PowerPC SOCs.
3040
3041- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR:
3042 Virtual address of CCSR. On a 32-bit build, this is typically
3043 the same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT.
3044
3045 CONFIG_SYS_DEFAULT_IMMR must also be set to this value,
3046 for cross-platform code that uses that macro instead.
3047
3048- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS:
3049 Physical address of CCSR. CCSR can be relocated to a new
3050 physical address, if desired. In this case, this macro should
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003051 be set to that address. Otherwise, it should be set to the
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003052 same value as CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_DEFAULT. For example, CCSR
3053 is typically relocated on 36-bit builds. It is recommended
3054 that this macro be defined via the _HIGH and _LOW macros:
3055
3056 #define CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS ((CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH
3057 * 1ull) << 32 | CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW)
3058
3059- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_HIGH:
Wolfgang Denk4cf26092011-10-07 09:58:21 +02003060 Bits 33-36 of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This value is typically
3061 either 0 (32-bit build) or 0xF (36-bit build). This macro is
Timur Tabie46fedf2011-08-04 18:03:41 -05003062 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3063 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3064
3065- CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS_LOW:
3066 Lower 32-bits of CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS. This macro is
3067 used in assembly code, so it must not contain typecasts or
3068 integer size suffixes (e.g. "ULL").
3069
3070- CONFIG_SYS_CCSR_DO_NOT_RELOCATE:
3071 If this macro is defined, then CONFIG_SYS_CCSRBAR_PHYS will be
3072 forced to a value that ensures that CCSR is not relocated.
3073
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003074- Floppy Disk Support:
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003075 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003076
3077 the default drive number (default value 0)
3078
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003079 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003080
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003081 defines the spacing between FDC chipset registers
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003082 (default value 1)
3083
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003084 CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003085
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003086 defines the offset of register from address. It
3087 depends on which part of the data bus is connected to
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003088 the FDC chipset. (default value 0)
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003089
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003090 If CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_STRIDE CONFIG_SYS_ISA_IO_OFFSET and
3091 CONFIG_SYS_FDC_DRIVE_NUMBER are undefined, they take their
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003092 default value.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003093
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003094 if CONFIG_SYS_FDC_HW_INIT is defined, then the function
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003095 fdc_hw_init() is called at the beginning of the FDC
3096 setup. fdc_hw_init() must be provided by the board
3097 source code. It is used to make hardware dependant
3098 initializations.
wdenk7f6c2cb2002-11-10 22:06:23 +00003099
Macpaul Lin0abddf82011-04-11 20:45:32 +00003100- CONFIG_IDE_AHB:
3101 Most IDE controllers were designed to be connected with PCI
3102 interface. Only few of them were designed for AHB interface.
3103 When software is doing ATA command and data transfer to
3104 IDE devices through IDE-AHB controller, some additional
3105 registers accessing to these kind of IDE-AHB controller
3106 is requierd.
3107
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003108- CONFIG_SYS_IMMR: Physical address of the Internal Memory.
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003109 DO NOT CHANGE unless you know exactly what you're
wdenk25d67122004-12-10 11:40:40 +00003110 doing! (11-4) [MPC8xx/82xx systems only]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003111
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003112- CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003113
wdenk7152b1d2003-09-05 23:19:14 +00003114 Start address of memory area that can be used for
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003115 initial data and stack; please note that this must be
3116 writable memory that is working WITHOUT special
3117 initialization, i. e. you CANNOT use normal RAM which
3118 will become available only after programming the
3119 memory controller and running certain initialization
3120 sequences.
3121
3122 U-Boot uses the following memory types:
3123 - MPC8xx and MPC8260: IMMR (internal memory of the CPU)
3124 - MPC824X: data cache
3125 - PPC4xx: data cache
3126
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003127- CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003128
3129 Offset of the initial data structure in the memory
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003130 area defined by CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR. Usually
3131 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET is chosen such that the initial
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003132 data is located at the end of the available space
Wolfgang Denk553f0982010-10-26 13:32:32 +02003133 (sometimes written as (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_SIZE -
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003134 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_DATA_SIZE), and the initial stack is just
3135 below that area (growing from (CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR +
3136 CONFIG_SYS_GBL_DATA_OFFSET) downward.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003137
3138 Note:
3139 On the MPC824X (or other systems that use the data
3140 cache for initial memory) the address chosen for
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003141 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR is basically arbitrary - it must
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003142 point to an otherwise UNUSED address space between
3143 the top of RAM and the start of the PCI space.
3144
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003145- CONFIG_SYS_SIUMCR: SIU Module Configuration (11-6)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003146
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003147- CONFIG_SYS_SYPCR: System Protection Control (11-9)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003148
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003149- CONFIG_SYS_TBSCR: Time Base Status and Control (11-26)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003150
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003151- CONFIG_SYS_PISCR: Periodic Interrupt Status and Control (11-31)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003152
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003153- CONFIG_SYS_PLPRCR: PLL, Low-Power, and Reset Control Register (15-30)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003154
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003155- CONFIG_SYS_SCCR: System Clock and reset Control Register (15-27)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003156
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003157- CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003158 SDRAM timing
3159
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003160- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003161 periodic timer for refresh
3162
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003163- CONFIG_SYS_DER: Debug Event Register (37-47)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003164
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003165- FLASH_BASE0_PRELIM, FLASH_BASE1_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_REMAP_OR_AM,
3166 CONFIG_SYS_PRELIM_OR_AM, CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_FLASH, CONFIG_SYS_OR0_REMAP,
3167 CONFIG_SYS_OR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR0_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_REMAP, CONFIG_SYS_OR1_PRELIM,
3168 CONFIG_SYS_BR1_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003169 Memory Controller Definitions: BR0/1 and OR0/1 (FLASH)
3170
3171- SDRAM_BASE2_PRELIM, SDRAM_BASE3_PRELIM, SDRAM_MAX_SIZE,
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003172 CONFIG_SYS_OR_TIMING_SDRAM, CONFIG_SYS_OR2_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR2_PRELIM,
3173 CONFIG_SYS_OR3_PRELIM, CONFIG_SYS_BR3_PRELIM:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003174 Memory Controller Definitions: BR2/3 and OR2/3 (SDRAM)
3175
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003176- CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_PTA, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_4K, CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_2BK_8K,
3177 CONFIG_SYS_MPTPR_1BK_8K, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_8COL, CONFIG_SYS_MAMR_9COL:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003178 Machine Mode Register and Memory Periodic Timer
3179 Prescaler definitions (SDRAM timing)
3180
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003181- CONFIG_SYS_I2C_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_I2C_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003182 enable I2C microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3183 define relocation offset in DPRAM [DSP2]
3184
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003185- CONFIG_SYS_SMC_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SMC_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
Heiko Schocherb423d052008-01-11 01:12:07 +01003186 enable SMC microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3187 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SMC1]
3188
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003189- CONFIG_SYS_SPI_UCODE_PATCH, CONFIG_SYS_SPI_DPMEM_OFFSET [0x1FC0]:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003190 enable SPI microcode relocation patch (MPC8xx);
3191 define relocation offset in DPRAM [SCC4]
3192
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003193- CONFIG_SYS_USE_OSCCLK:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003194 Use OSCM clock mode on MBX8xx board. Be careful,
3195 wrong setting might damage your board. Read
3196 doc/README.MBX before setting this variable!
3197
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003198- CONFIG_SYS_CPM_POST_WORD_ADDR: (MPC8xx, MPC8260 only)
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00003199 Offset of the bootmode word in DPRAM used by post
3200 (Power On Self Tests). This definition overrides
3201 #define'd default value in commproc.h resp.
3202 cpm_8260.h.
wdenkea909b72002-11-21 23:11:29 +00003203
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003204- CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_SLV_MEM_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_PICMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3205 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR0_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK0_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR1_LOCAL,
3206 CONFIG_SYS_PCIMSK1_MASK, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_BUS,
3207 CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_MEM_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEM_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR0_MASK_ATTRIB,
3208 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_LOCAL, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_BUS, CPU_PCI_MEMIO_START,
3209 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_MEMIO_SIZE, CONFIG_SYS_POCMR1_MASK_ATTRIB, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_LOCAL,
3210 CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_BUS, CONFIG_SYS_CPU_PCI_IO_START, CONFIG_SYS_PCI_MSTR_IO_SIZE,
3211 CONFIG_SYS_POCMR2_MASK_ATTRIB: (MPC826x only)
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003212 Overrides the default PCI memory map in arch/powerpc/cpu/mpc8260/pci.c if set.
wdenk5d232d02003-05-22 22:52:13 +00003213
Dirk Eibach9cacf4f2009-02-09 08:18:34 +01003214- CONFIG_PCI_DISABLE_PCIE:
3215 Disable PCI-Express on systems where it is supported but not
3216 required.
3217
Kumar Galaa09b9b62010-12-30 12:09:53 -06003218- CONFIG_SYS_SRIO:
3219 Chip has SRIO or not
3220
3221- CONFIG_SRIO1:
3222 Board has SRIO 1 port available
3223
3224- CONFIG_SRIO2:
3225 Board has SRIO 2 port available
3226
3227- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_VIRT:
3228 Virtual Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3229
3230- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_PHYS:
3231 Physical Address of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3232
3233- CONFIG_SYS_SRIOn_MEM_SIZE:
3234 Size of SRIO port 'n' memory region
3235
Alex Watermaneced4622011-05-19 15:08:36 -04003236- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_16
3237 Defined to tell the NDFC that the NAND chip is using a
3238 16 bit bus.
3239
3240- CONFIG_SYS_NDFC_EBC0_CFG
3241 Sets the EBC0_CFG register for the NDFC. If not defined
3242 a default value will be used.
3243
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003244- CONFIG_SPD_EEPROM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003245 Get DDR timing information from an I2C EEPROM. Common
3246 with pluggable memory modules such as SODIMMs
3247
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003248 SPD_EEPROM_ADDRESS
3249 I2C address of the SPD EEPROM
3250
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003251- CONFIG_SYS_SPD_BUS_NUM
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003252 If SPD EEPROM is on an I2C bus other than the first
3253 one, specify here. Note that the value must resolve
3254 to something your driver can deal with.
Ben Warrenbb99ad62006-09-07 16:50:54 -04003255
York Sun1b3e3c42011-06-07 09:42:16 +08003256- CONFIG_SYS_DDR_RAW_TIMING
3257 Get DDR timing information from other than SPD. Common with
3258 soldered DDR chips onboard without SPD. DDR raw timing
3259 parameters are extracted from datasheet and hard-coded into
3260 header files or board specific files.
3261
York Sun6f5e1dc2011-09-16 13:21:35 -07003262- CONFIG_FSL_DDR_INTERACTIVE
3263 Enable interactive DDR debugging. See doc/README.fsl-ddr.
3264
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003265- CONFIG_SYS_83XX_DDR_USES_CS0
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003266 Only for 83xx systems. If specified, then DDR should
3267 be configured using CS0 and CS1 instead of CS2 and CS3.
Timur Tabi2ad6b512006-10-31 18:44:42 -06003268
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003269- CONFIG_ETHER_ON_FEC[12]
3270 Define to enable FEC[12] on a 8xx series processor.
3271
3272- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY
3273 Define to the hardcoded PHY address which corresponds
wdenk6e592382004-04-18 17:39:38 +00003274 to the given FEC; i. e.
3275 #define CONFIG_FEC1_PHY 4
wdenkc26e4542004-04-18 10:13:26 +00003276 means that the PHY with address 4 is connected to FEC1
3277
3278 When set to -1, means to probe for first available.
3279
3280- CONFIG_FEC[12]_PHY_NORXERR
3281 The PHY does not have a RXERR line (RMII only).
3282 (so program the FEC to ignore it).
3283
3284- CONFIG_RMII
3285 Enable RMII mode for all FECs.
3286 Note that this is a global option, we can't
3287 have one FEC in standard MII mode and another in RMII mode.
3288
wdenk5cf91d62004-04-23 20:32:05 +00003289- CONFIG_CRC32_VERIFY
3290 Add a verify option to the crc32 command.
3291 The syntax is:
3292
3293 => crc32 -v <address> <count> <crc32>
3294
3295 Where address/count indicate a memory area
3296 and crc32 is the correct crc32 which the
3297 area should have.
3298
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003299- CONFIG_LOOPW
3300 Add the "loopw" memory command. This only takes effect if
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003301 the memory commands are activated globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003302
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003303- CONFIG_MX_CYCLIC
3304 Add the "mdc" and "mwc" memory commands. These are cyclic
3305 "md/mw" commands.
3306 Examples:
3307
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003308 => mdc.b 10 4 500
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003309 This command will print 4 bytes (10,11,12,13) each 500 ms.
3310
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003311 => mwc.l 100 12345678 10
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003312 This command will write 12345678 to address 100 all 10 ms.
3313
wdenkefe2a4d2004-12-16 21:44:03 +00003314 This only takes effect if the memory commands are activated
Jon Loeliger602ad3b2007-06-11 19:03:39 -05003315 globally (CONFIG_CMD_MEM).
stroese7b466642004-12-16 18:46:55 +00003316
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003317- CONFIG_SKIP_LOWLEVEL_INIT
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003318 [ARM, NDS32, MIPS only] If this variable is defined, then certain
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003319 low level initializations (like setting up the memory
3320 controller) are omitted and/or U-Boot does not
3321 relocate itself into RAM.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003322
Wolfgang Denk844f07d2010-11-27 23:30:56 +01003323 Normally this variable MUST NOT be defined. The only
3324 exception is when U-Boot is loaded (to RAM) by some
3325 other boot loader or by a debugger which performs
3326 these initializations itself.
wdenk8aa1a2d2005-04-04 12:44:11 +00003327
Aneesh V401bb302011-07-13 05:11:07 +00003328- CONFIG_SPL_BUILD
Magnus Liljadf812382009-06-13 20:50:00 +02003329 Modifies the behaviour of start.S when compiling a loader
3330 that is executed before the actual U-Boot. E.g. when
3331 compiling a NAND SPL.
wdenk400558b2005-04-02 23:52:25 +00003332
Heiko Schocher68bb8292011-11-01 20:00:30 +00003333- CONFIG_SYS_NAND_HW_ECC_OOBFIRST
3334 define this, if you want to read first the oob data
3335 and then the data. This is used for example on
3336 davinci plattforms.
3337
Matthias Weisserd8834a12011-03-10 21:36:32 +00003338- CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMCPY
3339 CONFIG_USE_ARCH_MEMSET
3340 If these options are used a optimized version of memcpy/memset will
3341 be used if available. These functions may be faster under some
3342 conditions but may increase the binary size.
3343
Timur Tabif2717b42011-11-22 09:21:25 -06003344Freescale QE/FMAN Firmware Support:
3345-----------------------------------
3346
3347The Freescale QUICCEngine (QE) and Frame Manager (FMAN) both support the
3348loading of "firmware", which is encoded in the QE firmware binary format.
3349This firmware often needs to be loaded during U-Boot booting, so macros
3350are used to identify the storage device (NOR flash, SPI, etc) and the address
3351within that device.
3352
3353- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_ADDR
3354 The address in the storage device where the firmware is located. The
3355 meaning of this address depends on which CONFIG_SYS_QE_FW_IN_xxx macro
3356 is also specified.
3357
3358- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_LENGTH
3359 The maximum possible size of the firmware. The firmware binary format
3360 has a field that specifies the actual size of the firmware, but it
3361 might not be possible to read any part of the firmware unless some
3362 local storage is allocated to hold the entire firmware first.
3363
3364- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NOR
3365 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NOR flash, mapped as
3366 normal addressable memory via the LBC. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the
3367 virtual address in NOR flash.
3368
3369- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_NAND
3370 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located in NAND flash.
3371 CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the offset within NAND flash.
3372
3373- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_MMC
3374 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SD/MMC
3375 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3376
3377- CONFIG_SYS_QE_FMAN_FW_IN_SPIFLASH
3378 Specifies that QE/FMAN firmware is located on the primary SPI
3379 device. CONFIG_SYS_FMAN_FW_ADDR is the byte offset on that device.
3380
3381
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003382Building the Software:
3383======================
3384
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003385Building U-Boot has been tested in several native build environments
3386and in many different cross environments. Of course we cannot support
3387all possibly existing versions of cross development tools in all
3388(potentially obsolete) versions. In case of tool chain problems we
3389recommend to use the ELDK (see http://www.denx.de/wiki/DULG/ELDK)
3390which is extensively used to build and test U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003391
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003392If you are not using a native environment, it is assumed that you
3393have GNU cross compiling tools available in your path. In this case,
3394you must set the environment variable CROSS_COMPILE in your shell.
3395Note that no changes to the Makefile or any other source files are
3396necessary. For example using the ELDK on a 4xx CPU, please enter:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003397
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003398 $ CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_4xx-
3399 $ export CROSS_COMPILE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003400
Peter Tyser2f8d3962009-03-13 18:54:51 -05003401Note: If you wish to generate Windows versions of the utilities in
3402 the tools directory you can use the MinGW toolchain
3403 (http://www.mingw.org). Set your HOST tools to the MinGW
3404 toolchain and execute 'make tools'. For example:
3405
3406 $ make HOSTCC=i586-mingw32msvc-gcc HOSTSTRIP=i586-mingw32msvc-strip tools
3407
3408 Binaries such as tools/mkimage.exe will be created which can
3409 be executed on computers running Windows.
3410
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003411U-Boot is intended to be simple to build. After installing the
3412sources you must configure U-Boot for one specific board type. This
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003413is done by typing:
3414
3415 make NAME_config
3416
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003417where "NAME_config" is the name of one of the existing configu-
3418rations; see the main Makefile for supported names.
wdenk54387ac2003-10-08 22:45:44 +00003419
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003420Note: for some board special configuration names may exist; check if
3421 additional information is available from the board vendor; for
3422 instance, the TQM823L systems are available without (standard)
3423 or with LCD support. You can select such additional "features"
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003424 when choosing the configuration, i. e.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003425
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003426 make TQM823L_config
3427 - will configure for a plain TQM823L, i. e. no LCD support
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003428
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003429 make TQM823L_LCD_config
3430 - will configure for a TQM823L with U-Boot console on LCD
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003431
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003432 etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003433
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003434
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003435Finally, type "make all", and you should get some working U-Boot
3436images ready for download to / installation on your system:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003437
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003438- "u-boot.bin" is a raw binary image
3439- "u-boot" is an image in ELF binary format
3440- "u-boot.srec" is in Motorola S-Record format
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003441
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003442By default the build is performed locally and the objects are saved
3443in the source directory. One of the two methods can be used to change
3444this behavior and build U-Boot to some external directory:
3445
34461. Add O= to the make command line invocations:
3447
3448 make O=/tmp/build distclean
3449 make O=/tmp/build NAME_config
3450 make O=/tmp/build all
3451
34522. Set environment variable BUILD_DIR to point to the desired location:
3453
3454 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3455 make distclean
3456 make NAME_config
3457 make all
3458
3459Note that the command line "O=" setting overrides the BUILD_DIR environment
3460variable.
3461
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003462
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003463Please be aware that the Makefiles assume you are using GNU make, so
3464for instance on NetBSD you might need to use "gmake" instead of
3465native "make".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003466
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003467
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003468If the system board that you have is not listed, then you will need
3469to port U-Boot to your hardware platform. To do this, follow these
3470steps:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003471
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +000034721. Add a new configuration option for your board to the toplevel
3473 "Makefile" and to the "MAKEALL" script, using the existing
3474 entries as examples. Note that here and at many other places
3475 boards and other names are listed in alphabetical sort order. Please
3476 keep this order.
34772. Create a new directory to hold your board specific code. Add any
3478 files you need. In your board directory, you will need at least
3479 the "Makefile", a "<board>.c", "flash.c" and "u-boot.lds".
34803. Create a new configuration file "include/configs/<board>.h" for
3481 your board
34823. If you're porting U-Boot to a new CPU, then also create a new
3483 directory to hold your CPU specific code. Add any files you need.
34844. Run "make <board>_config" with your new name.
34855. Type "make", and you should get a working "u-boot.srec" file
3486 to be installed on your target system.
34876. Debug and solve any problems that might arise.
3488 [Of course, this last step is much harder than it sounds.]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003489
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003490
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003491Testing of U-Boot Modifications, Ports to New Hardware, etc.:
3492==============================================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003493
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003494If you have modified U-Boot sources (for instance added a new board
3495or support for new devices, a new CPU, etc.) you are expected to
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003496provide feedback to the other developers. The feedback normally takes
3497the form of a "patch", i. e. a context diff against a certain (latest
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003498official or latest in the git repository) version of U-Boot sources.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003499
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003500But before you submit such a patch, please verify that your modifi-
3501cation did not break existing code. At least make sure that *ALL* of
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003502the supported boards compile WITHOUT ANY compiler warnings. To do so,
3503just run the "MAKEALL" script, which will configure and build U-Boot
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003504for ALL supported system. Be warned, this will take a while. You can
3505select which (cross) compiler to use by passing a `CROSS_COMPILE'
3506environment variable to the script, i. e. to use the ELDK cross tools
3507you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003508
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003509 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003510
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003511or to build on a native PowerPC system you can type
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003512
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003513 CROSS_COMPILE=' ' MAKEALL
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003514
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003515When using the MAKEALL script, the default behaviour is to build
3516U-Boot in the source directory. This location can be changed by
3517setting the BUILD_DIR environment variable. Also, for each target
3518built, the MAKEALL script saves two log files (<target>.ERR and
3519<target>.MAKEALL) in the <source dir>/LOG directory. This default
3520location can be changed by setting the MAKEALL_LOGDIR environment
3521variable. For example:
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003522
3523 export BUILD_DIR=/tmp/build
3524 export MAKEALL_LOGDIR=/tmp/log
3525 CROSS_COMPILE=ppc_8xx- MAKEALL
3526
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01003527With the above settings build objects are saved in the /tmp/build,
3528log files are saved in the /tmp/log and the source tree remains clean
3529during the whole build process.
Marian Balakowiczbaf31242006-09-07 17:25:40 +02003530
3531
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003532See also "U-Boot Porting Guide" below.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003533
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003534
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003535Monitor Commands - Overview:
3536============================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003537
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003538go - start application at address 'addr'
3539run - run commands in an environment variable
3540bootm - boot application image from memory
3541bootp - boot image via network using BootP/TFTP protocol
3542tftpboot- boot image via network using TFTP protocol
3543 and env variables "ipaddr" and "serverip"
3544 (and eventually "gatewayip")
Simon Glass1fb7cd42011-10-24 18:00:07 +00003545tftpput - upload a file via network using TFTP protocol
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003546rarpboot- boot image via network using RARP/TFTP protocol
3547diskboot- boot from IDE devicebootd - boot default, i.e., run 'bootcmd'
3548loads - load S-Record file over serial line
3549loadb - load binary file over serial line (kermit mode)
3550md - memory display
3551mm - memory modify (auto-incrementing)
3552nm - memory modify (constant address)
3553mw - memory write (fill)
3554cp - memory copy
3555cmp - memory compare
3556crc32 - checksum calculation
Peter Tyser0f89c542009-04-18 22:34:03 -05003557i2c - I2C sub-system
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003558sspi - SPI utility commands
3559base - print or set address offset
3560printenv- print environment variables
3561setenv - set environment variables
3562saveenv - save environment variables to persistent storage
3563protect - enable or disable FLASH write protection
3564erase - erase FLASH memory
3565flinfo - print FLASH memory information
3566bdinfo - print Board Info structure
3567iminfo - print header information for application image
3568coninfo - print console devices and informations
3569ide - IDE sub-system
3570loop - infinite loop on address range
wdenk56523f12004-07-11 17:40:54 +00003571loopw - infinite write loop on address range
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003572mtest - simple RAM test
3573icache - enable or disable instruction cache
3574dcache - enable or disable data cache
3575reset - Perform RESET of the CPU
3576echo - echo args to console
3577version - print monitor version
3578help - print online help
3579? - alias for 'help'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003580
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003581
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003582Monitor Commands - Detailed Description:
3583========================================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003584
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003585TODO.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003586
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003587For now: just type "help <command>".
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003588
3589
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003590Environment Variables:
3591======================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003593U-Boot supports user configuration using Environment Variables which
3594can be made persistent by saving to Flash memory.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003595
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003596Environment Variables are set using "setenv", printed using
3597"printenv", and saved to Flash using "saveenv". Using "setenv"
3598without a value can be used to delete a variable from the
3599environment. As long as you don't save the environment you are
3600working with an in-memory copy. In case the Flash area containing the
3601environment is erased by accident, a default environment is provided.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003602
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003603Some configuration options can be set using Environment Variables.
3604
3605List of environment variables (most likely not complete):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003607 baudrate - see CONFIG_BAUDRATE
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003608
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003609 bootdelay - see CONFIG_BOOTDELAY
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003610
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003611 bootcmd - see CONFIG_BOOTCOMMAND
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003612
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003613 bootargs - Boot arguments when booting an RTOS image
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003614
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003615 bootfile - Name of the image to load with TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003616
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003617 bootm_low - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3618 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3619 a hexadecimal number and defines lowest address allowed
3620 for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_size"
3621 environment variable. Address defined by "bootm_low" is
3622 also the base of the initial memory mapping for the Linux
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003623 kernel -- see the description of CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ and
3624 bootm_mapsize.
3625
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003626 bootm_mapsize - Size of the initial memory mapping for the Linux kernel.
Grant Likelyc3624e62011-03-28 09:58:43 +00003627 This variable is given as a hexadecimal number and it
3628 defines the size of the memory region starting at base
3629 address bootm_low that is accessible by the Linux kernel
3630 during early boot. If unset, CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ is used
3631 as the default value if it is defined, and bootm_size is
3632 used otherwise.
Bartlomiej Sieka7d721e32008-04-14 15:44:16 +02003633
3634 bootm_size - Memory range available for image processing in the bootm
3635 command can be restricted. This variable is given as
3636 a hexadecimal number and defines the size of the region
3637 allowed for use by the bootm command. See also "bootm_low"
3638 environment variable.
3639
Bartlomiej Sieka4bae9092008-10-01 15:26:31 +02003640 updatefile - Location of the software update file on a TFTP server, used
3641 by the automatic software update feature. Please refer to
3642 documentation in doc/README.update for more details.
3643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003644 autoload - if set to "no" (any string beginning with 'n'),
3645 "bootp" will just load perform a lookup of the
3646 configuration from the BOOTP server, but not try to
3647 load any image using TFTP
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003648
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003649 autostart - if set to "yes", an image loaded using the "bootp",
3650 "rarpboot", "tftpboot" or "diskboot" commands will
3651 be automatically started (by internally calling
3652 "bootm")
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003653
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003654 If set to "no", a standalone image passed to the
3655 "bootm" command will be copied to the load address
3656 (and eventually uncompressed), but NOT be started.
3657 This can be used to load and uncompress arbitrary
3658 data.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003659
David A. Longa28afca2011-07-09 16:40:19 -04003660 fdt_high - if set this restricts the maximum address that the
3661 flattened device tree will be copied into upon boot.
3662 If this is set to the special value 0xFFFFFFFF then
3663 the fdt will not be copied at all on boot. For this
3664 to work it must reside in writable memory, have
3665 sufficient padding on the end of it for u-boot to
3666 add the information it needs into it, and the memory
3667 must be accessible by the kernel.
3668
Simon Glasseea63e02011-10-24 19:15:34 +00003669 fdtcontroladdr- if set this is the address of the control flattened
3670 device tree used by U-Boot when CONFIG_OF_CONTROL is
3671 defined.
3672
wdenk17ea1172004-06-06 21:51:03 +00003673 i2cfast - (PPC405GP|PPC405EP only)
3674 if set to 'y' configures Linux I2C driver for fast
3675 mode (400kHZ). This environment variable is used in
3676 initialization code. So, for changes to be effective
3677 it must be saved and board must be reset.
3678
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003679 initrd_high - restrict positioning of initrd images:
3680 If this variable is not set, initrd images will be
3681 copied to the highest possible address in RAM; this
3682 is usually what you want since it allows for
3683 maximum initrd size. If for some reason you want to
3684 make sure that the initrd image is loaded below the
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003685 CONFIG_SYS_BOOTMAPSZ limit, you can set this environment
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003686 variable to a value of "no" or "off" or "0".
3687 Alternatively, you can set it to a maximum upper
3688 address to use (U-Boot will still check that it
3689 does not overwrite the U-Boot stack and data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003690
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003691 For instance, when you have a system with 16 MB
3692 RAM, and want to reserve 4 MB from use by Linux,
3693 you can do this by adding "mem=12M" to the value of
3694 the "bootargs" variable. However, now you must make
3695 sure that the initrd image is placed in the first
3696 12 MB as well - this can be done with
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003697
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003698 setenv initrd_high 00c00000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003699
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003700 If you set initrd_high to 0xFFFFFFFF, this is an
3701 indication to U-Boot that all addresses are legal
3702 for the Linux kernel, including addresses in flash
3703 memory. In this case U-Boot will NOT COPY the
3704 ramdisk at all. This may be useful to reduce the
3705 boot time on your system, but requires that this
3706 feature is supported by your Linux kernel.
wdenk4a6fd342003-04-12 23:38:12 +00003707
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003708 ipaddr - IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003710 loadaddr - Default load address for commands like "bootp",
3711 "rarpboot", "tftpboot", "loadb" or "diskboot"
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003712
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003713 loads_echo - see CONFIG_LOADS_ECHO
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003714
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003715 serverip - TFTP server IP address; needed for tftpboot command
wdenk38b99262003-05-23 23:18:21 +00003716
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003717 bootretry - see CONFIG_BOOT_RETRY_TIME
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003718
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003719 bootdelaykey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_DELAY_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003721 bootstopkey - see CONFIG_AUTOBOOT_STOP_STR
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003722
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003723 ethprime - controls which interface is used first.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003724
Mike Frysingere2a53452011-10-02 10:01:27 +00003725 ethact - controls which interface is currently active.
3726 For example you can do the following
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003727
Heiko Schocher48690d82010-07-20 17:45:02 +02003728 => setenv ethact FEC
3729 => ping 192.168.0.1 # traffic sent on FEC
3730 => setenv ethact SCC
3731 => ping 10.0.0.1 # traffic sent on SCC
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003732
Matthias Fuchse1692572008-01-17 07:45:05 +01003733 ethrotate - When set to "no" U-Boot does not go through all
3734 available network interfaces.
3735 It just stays at the currently selected interface.
3736
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003737 netretry - When set to "no" each network operation will
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003738 either succeed or fail without retrying.
3739 When set to "once" the network operation will
3740 fail when all the available network interfaces
3741 are tried once without success.
3742 Useful on scripts which control the retry operation
3743 themselves.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003744
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDb4e2f892009-01-31 09:53:39 +01003745 npe_ucode - set load address for the NPE microcode
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARDa1cf0272008-01-07 08:41:34 +01003746
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003747 tftpsrcport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's
Wolfgang Denkecb0ccd2005-09-24 22:37:32 +02003748 UDP source port.
3749
Wolfgang Denk28cb9372005-09-24 23:25:46 +02003750 tftpdstport - If this is set, the value is used for TFTP's UDP
3751 destination port instead of the Well Know Port 69.
3752
Wolfgang Denkc96f86e2010-01-17 23:55:53 +01003753 tftpblocksize - Block size to use for TFTP transfers; if not set,
3754 we use the TFTP server's default block size
3755
3756 tftptimeout - Retransmission timeout for TFTP packets (in milli-
3757 seconds, minimum value is 1000 = 1 second). Defines
3758 when a packet is considered to be lost so it has to
3759 be retransmitted. The default is 5000 = 5 seconds.
3760 Lowering this value may make downloads succeed
3761 faster in networks with high packet loss rates or
3762 with unreliable TFTP servers.
3763
3764 vlan - When set to a value < 4095 the traffic over
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003765 Ethernet is encapsulated/received over 802.1q
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003766 VLAN tagged frames.
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003767
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003768The following image location variables contain the location of images
3769used in booting. The "Image" column gives the role of the image and is
3770not an environment variable name. The other columns are environment
3771variable names. "File Name" gives the name of the file on a TFTP
3772server, "RAM Address" gives the location in RAM the image will be
3773loaded to, and "Flash Location" gives the image's address in NOR
3774flash or offset in NAND flash.
3775
3776*Note* - these variables don't have to be defined for all boards, some
3777boards currenlty use other variables for these purposes, and some
3778boards use these variables for other purposes.
3779
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003780Image File Name RAM Address Flash Location
3781----- --------- ----------- --------------
3782u-boot u-boot u-boot_addr_r u-boot_addr
3783Linux kernel bootfile kernel_addr_r kernel_addr
3784device tree blob fdtfile fdt_addr_r fdt_addr
3785ramdisk ramdiskfile ramdisk_addr_r ramdisk_addr
Jason Hobbsdc0b7b02011-08-31 05:37:28 +00003786
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003787The following environment variables may be used and automatically
3788updated by the network boot commands ("bootp" and "rarpboot"),
3789depending the information provided by your boot server:
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003790
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003791 bootfile - see above
3792 dnsip - IP address of your Domain Name Server
3793 dnsip2 - IP address of your secondary Domain Name Server
3794 gatewayip - IP address of the Gateway (Router) to use
3795 hostname - Target hostname
3796 ipaddr - see above
3797 netmask - Subnet Mask
3798 rootpath - Pathname of the root filesystem on the NFS server
3799 serverip - see above
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003800
wdenka3d991b2004-04-15 21:48:45 +00003801
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003802There are two special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003804 serial# - contains hardware identification information such
3805 as type string and/or serial number
3806 ethaddr - Ethernet address
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003807
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003808These variables can be set only once (usually during manufacturing of
3809the board). U-Boot refuses to delete or overwrite these variables
3810once they have been set once.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003811
3812
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003813Further special Environment Variables:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003814
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003815 ver - Contains the U-Boot version string as printed
3816 with the "version" command. This variable is
3817 readonly (see CONFIG_VERSION_VARIABLE).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003818
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003819
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003820Please note that changes to some configuration parameters may take
3821only effect after the next boot (yes, that's just like Windoze :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003822
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003823
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003824Command Line Parsing:
3825=====================
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003826
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003827There are two different command line parsers available with U-Boot:
3828the old "simple" one, and the much more powerful "hush" shell:
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00003829
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003830Old, simple command line parser:
3831--------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003832
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003833- supports environment variables (through setenv / saveenv commands)
3834- several commands on one line, separated by ';'
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003835- variable substitution using "... ${name} ..." syntax
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003836- special characters ('$', ';') can be escaped by prefixing with '\',
3837 for example:
Wolfgang Denkfe126d82005-11-20 21:40:11 +01003838 setenv bootcmd bootm \${address}
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003839- You can also escape text by enclosing in single apostrophes, for example:
3840 setenv addip 'setenv bootargs $bootargs ip=$ipaddr:$serverip:$gatewayip:$netmask:$hostname::off'
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003841
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003842Hush shell:
3843-----------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003844
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003845- similar to Bourne shell, with control structures like
3846 if...then...else...fi, for...do...done; while...do...done,
3847 until...do...done, ...
3848- supports environment ("global") variables (through setenv / saveenv
3849 commands) and local shell variables (through standard shell syntax
3850 "name=value"); only environment variables can be used with "run"
3851 command
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003852
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003853General rules:
3854--------------
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003855
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003856(1) If a command line (or an environment variable executed by a "run"
3857 command) contains several commands separated by semicolon, and
3858 one of these commands fails, then the remaining commands will be
3859 executed anyway.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003860
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003861(2) If you execute several variables with one call to run (i. e.
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003862 calling run with a list of variables as arguments), any failing
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003863 command will cause "run" to terminate, i. e. the remaining
3864 variables are not executed.
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003865
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003866Note for Redundant Ethernet Interfaces:
3867=======================================
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003868
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02003869Some boards come with redundant Ethernet interfaces; U-Boot supports
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003870such configurations and is capable of automatic selection of a
3871"working" interface when needed. MAC assignment works as follows:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003872
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003873Network interfaces are numbered eth0, eth1, eth2, ... Corresponding
3874MAC addresses can be stored in the environment as "ethaddr" (=>eth0),
3875"eth1addr" (=>eth1), "eth2addr", ...
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003876
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003877If the network interface stores some valid MAC address (for instance
3878in SROM), this is used as default address if there is NO correspon-
3879ding setting in the environment; if the corresponding environment
3880variable is set, this overrides the settings in the card; that means:
wdenkf07771c2003-05-28 08:06:31 +00003881
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003882o If the SROM has a valid MAC address, and there is no address in the
3883 environment, the SROM's address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003884
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003885o If there is no valid address in the SROM, and a definition in the
3886 environment exists, then the value from the environment variable is
3887 used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003888
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003889o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and
3890 both addresses are the same, this MAC address is used.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003891
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003892o If both the SROM and the environment contain a MAC address, and the
3893 addresses differ, the value from the environment is used and a
3894 warning is printed.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003895
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003896o If neither SROM nor the environment contain a MAC address, an error
3897 is raised.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003898
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003899If Ethernet drivers implement the 'write_hwaddr' function, valid MAC addresses
Wolfgang Denkc0f40852011-10-26 10:21:21 +00003900will be programmed into hardware as part of the initialization process. This
Ben Warrenecee9322010-04-26 11:11:46 -07003901may be skipped by setting the appropriate 'ethmacskip' environment variable.
3902The naming convention is as follows:
3903"ethmacskip" (=>eth0), "eth1macskip" (=>eth1) etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003904
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003905Image Formats:
3906==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003907
Marian Balakowicz3310c542008-03-12 12:13:13 +01003908U-Boot is capable of booting (and performing other auxiliary operations on)
3909images in two formats:
3910
3911New uImage format (FIT)
3912-----------------------
3913
3914Flexible and powerful format based on Flattened Image Tree -- FIT (similar
3915to Flattened Device Tree). It allows the use of images with multiple
3916components (several kernels, ramdisks, etc.), with contents protected by
3917SHA1, MD5 or CRC32. More details are found in the doc/uImage.FIT directory.
3918
3919
3920Old uImage format
3921-----------------
3922
3923Old image format is based on binary files which can be basically anything,
3924preceded by a special header; see the definitions in include/image.h for
3925details; basically, the header defines the following image properties:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003926
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003927* Target Operating System (Provisions for OpenBSD, NetBSD, FreeBSD,
3928 4.4BSD, Linux, SVR4, Esix, Solaris, Irix, SCO, Dell, NCR, VxWorks,
Peter Tyserf5ed9e32008-09-08 14:56:49 -05003929 LynxOS, pSOS, QNX, RTEMS, INTEGRITY;
3930 Currently supported: Linux, NetBSD, VxWorks, QNX, RTEMS, LynxOS,
3931 INTEGRITY).
Wolfgang Denk7b64fef2006-10-24 14:21:16 +02003932* Target CPU Architecture (Provisions for Alpha, ARM, AVR32, Intel x86,
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00003933 IA64, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC, IBM S390, SuperH, Sparc, Sparc 64 Bit;
3934 Currently supported: ARM, AVR32, Intel x86, MIPS, NDS32, Nios II, PowerPC).
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003935* Compression Type (uncompressed, gzip, bzip2)
3936* Load Address
3937* Entry Point
3938* Image Name
3939* Image Timestamp
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003940
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003941The header is marked by a special Magic Number, and both the header
3942and the data portions of the image are secured against corruption by
3943CRC32 checksums.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003944
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003945
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003946Linux Support:
3947==============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003948
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003949Although U-Boot should support any OS or standalone application
3950easily, the main focus has always been on Linux during the design of
3951U-Boot.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003952
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003953U-Boot includes many features that so far have been part of some
3954special "boot loader" code within the Linux kernel. Also, any
3955"initrd" images to be used are no longer part of one big Linux image;
3956instead, kernel and "initrd" are separate images. This implementation
3957serves several purposes:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003958
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003959- the same features can be used for other OS or standalone
3960 applications (for instance: using compressed images to reduce the
3961 Flash memory footprint)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003962
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003963- it becomes much easier to port new Linux kernel versions because
3964 lots of low-level, hardware dependent stuff are done by U-Boot
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003965
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003966- the same Linux kernel image can now be used with different "initrd"
3967 images; of course this also means that different kernel images can
3968 be run with the same "initrd". This makes testing easier (you don't
3969 have to build a new "zImage.initrd" Linux image when you just
3970 change a file in your "initrd"). Also, a field-upgrade of the
3971 software is easier now.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003972
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003973
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003974Linux HOWTO:
3975============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003976
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003977Porting Linux to U-Boot based systems:
3978---------------------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003979
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003980U-Boot cannot save you from doing all the necessary modifications to
3981configure the Linux device drivers for use with your target hardware
3982(no, we don't intend to provide a full virtual machine interface to
3983Linux :-).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003984
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02003985But now you can ignore ALL boot loader code (in arch/powerpc/mbxboot).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003986
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003987Just make sure your machine specific header file (for instance
3988include/asm-ppc/tqm8xx.h) includes the same definition of the Board
Markus Heidelberg1dc30692008-09-07 20:18:27 +02003989Information structure as we define in include/asm-<arch>/u-boot.h,
3990and make sure that your definition of IMAP_ADDR uses the same value
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02003991as your U-Boot configuration in CONFIG_SYS_IMMR.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003992
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003993
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003994Configuring the Linux kernel:
3995-----------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003996
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00003997No specific requirements for U-Boot. Make sure you have some root
3998device (initial ramdisk, NFS) for your target system.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00003999
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004000
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004001Building a Linux Image:
4002-----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004003
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004004With U-Boot, "normal" build targets like "zImage" or "bzImage" are
4005not used. If you use recent kernel source, a new build target
4006"uImage" will exist which automatically builds an image usable by
4007U-Boot. Most older kernels also have support for a "pImage" target,
4008which was introduced for our predecessor project PPCBoot and uses a
4009100% compatible format.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004010
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004011Example:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004012
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004013 make TQM850L_config
4014 make oldconfig
4015 make dep
4016 make uImage
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004017
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004018The "uImage" build target uses a special tool (in 'tools/mkimage') to
4019encapsulate a compressed Linux kernel image with header information,
4020CRC32 checksum etc. for use with U-Boot. This is what we are doing:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004021
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004022* build a standard "vmlinux" kernel image (in ELF binary format):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004023
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004024* convert the kernel into a raw binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004025
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004026 ${CROSS_COMPILE}-objcopy -O binary \
4027 -R .note -R .comment \
4028 -S vmlinux linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004029
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004030* compress the binary image:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004031
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004032 gzip -9 linux.bin
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004033
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004034* package compressed binary image for U-Boot:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004035
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004036 mkimage -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip \
4037 -a 0 -e 0 -n "Linux Kernel Image" \
4038 -d linux.bin.gz uImage
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004039
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004040
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004041The "mkimage" tool can also be used to create ramdisk images for use
4042with U-Boot, either separated from the Linux kernel image, or
4043combined into one file. "mkimage" encapsulates the images with a 64
4044byte header containing information about target architecture,
4045operating system, image type, compression method, entry points, time
4046stamp, CRC32 checksums, etc.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004047
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004048"mkimage" can be called in two ways: to verify existing images and
4049print the header information, or to build new images.
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004050
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004051In the first form (with "-l" option) mkimage lists the information
4052contained in the header of an existing U-Boot image; this includes
4053checksum verification:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004054
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004055 tools/mkimage -l image
4056 -l ==> list image header information
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004057
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004058The second form (with "-d" option) is used to build a U-Boot image
4059from a "data file" which is used as image payload:
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004060
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004061 tools/mkimage -A arch -O os -T type -C comp -a addr -e ep \
4062 -n name -d data_file image
4063 -A ==> set architecture to 'arch'
4064 -O ==> set operating system to 'os'
4065 -T ==> set image type to 'type'
4066 -C ==> set compression type 'comp'
4067 -a ==> set load address to 'addr' (hex)
4068 -e ==> set entry point to 'ep' (hex)
4069 -n ==> set image name to 'name'
4070 -d ==> use image data from 'datafile'
wdenk24ee89b2002-11-03 17:56:27 +00004071
wdenk69459792004-05-29 16:53:29 +00004072Right now, all Linux kernels for PowerPC systems use the same load
4073address (0x00000000), but the entry point address depends on the
4074kernel version:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004075
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004076- 2.2.x kernels have the entry point at 0x0000000C,
4077- 2.3.x and later kernels have the entry point at 0x00000000.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004078
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004079So a typical call to build a U-Boot image would read:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004080
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004081 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4082 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C gzip -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004083 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004084 > examples/uImage.TQM850L
4085 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4086 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4087 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4088 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4089 Load Address: 0x00000000
4090 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004091
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004092To verify the contents of the image (or check for corruption):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004093
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004094 -> tools/mkimage -l examples/uImage.TQM850L
4095 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4096 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4097 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4098 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327.86 kB = 0.32 MB
4099 Load Address: 0x00000000
4100 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004101
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004102NOTE: for embedded systems where boot time is critical you can trade
4103speed for memory and install an UNCOMPRESSED image instead: this
4104needs more space in Flash, but boots much faster since it does not
4105need to be uncompressed:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004106
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004107 -> gunzip /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux.gz
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004108 -> tools/mkimage -n '2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L' \
4109 > -A ppc -O linux -T kernel -C none -a 0 -e 0 \
Stefan Roesea47a12b2010-04-15 16:07:28 +02004110 > -d /opt/elsk/ppc_8xx/usr/src/linux-2.4.4/arch/powerpc/coffboot/vmlinux \
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004111 > examples/uImage.TQM850L-uncompressed
4112 Image Name: 2.4.4 kernel for TQM850L
4113 Created: Wed Jul 19 02:34:59 2000
4114 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (uncompressed)
4115 Data Size: 792160 Bytes = 773.59 kB = 0.76 MB
4116 Load Address: 0x00000000
4117 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004118
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004119
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004120Similar you can build U-Boot images from a 'ramdisk.image.gz' file
4121when your kernel is intended to use an initial ramdisk:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004122
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004123 -> tools/mkimage -n 'Simple Ramdisk Image' \
4124 > -A ppc -O linux -T ramdisk -C gzip \
4125 > -d /LinuxPPC/images/SIMPLE-ramdisk.image.gz examples/simple-initrd
4126 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4127 Created: Wed Jan 12 14:01:50 2000
4128 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4129 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553.25 kB = 0.54 MB
4130 Load Address: 0x00000000
4131 Entry Point: 0x00000000
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004132
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004133
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004134Installing a Linux Image:
4135-------------------------
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004136
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004137To downloading a U-Boot image over the serial (console) interface,
4138you must convert the image to S-Record format:
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004139
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004140 objcopy -I binary -O srec examples/image examples/image.srec
wdenkdb01a2e2004-04-15 23:14:49 +00004141
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004142The 'objcopy' does not understand the information in the U-Boot
4143image header, so the resulting S-Record file will be relative to
4144address 0x00000000. To load it to a given address, you need to
4145specify the target address as 'offset' parameter with the 'loads'
4146command.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004147
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004148Example: install the image to address 0x40100000 (which on the
4149TQM8xxL is in the first Flash bank):
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004150
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004151 => erase 40100000 401FFFFF
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004152
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004153 .......... done
4154 Erased 8 sectors
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004155
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004156 => loads 40100000
4157 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4158 ~>examples/image.srec
4159 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 ...
4160 ...
4161 15989 15990 15991 15992
4162 [file transfer complete]
4163 [connected]
4164 ## Start Addr = 0x00000000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004165
4166
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004167You can check the success of the download using the 'iminfo' command;
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004168this includes a checksum verification so you can be sure no data
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004169corruption happened:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004170
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004171 => imi 40100000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004172
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004173 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4174 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4175 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4176 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4177 Load Address: 00000000
4178 Entry Point: 0000000c
4179 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004180
4181
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004182Boot Linux:
4183-----------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004184
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004185The "bootm" command is used to boot an application that is stored in
4186memory (RAM or Flash). In case of a Linux kernel image, the contents
4187of the "bootargs" environment variable is passed to the kernel as
4188parameters. You can check and modify this variable using the
4189"printenv" and "setenv" commands:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004190
4191
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004192 => printenv bootargs
4193 bootargs=root=/dev/ram
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004194
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004195 => setenv bootargs root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004196
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004197 => printenv bootargs
4198 bootargs=root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004199
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004200 => bootm 40020000
4201 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40020000 ...
4202 Image Name: 2.2.13 for NFS on TQM850L
4203 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4204 Data Size: 381681 Bytes = 372 kB = 0 MB
4205 Load Address: 00000000
4206 Entry Point: 0000000c
4207 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4208 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4209 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:35:17 MEST 2000
4210 Boot arguments: root=/dev/nfs rw nfsroot=10.0.0.2:/LinuxPPC nfsaddrs=10.0.0.99:10.0.0.2
4211 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4212 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4213 Memory: 15208k available (700k kernel code, 444k data, 32k init) [c0000000,c1000000]
4214 ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004215
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004216If you want to boot a Linux kernel with initial RAM disk, you pass
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004217the memory addresses of both the kernel and the initrd image (PPBCOOT
4218format!) to the "bootm" command:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004219
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004220 => imi 40100000 40200000
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004221
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004222 ## Checking Image at 40100000 ...
4223 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4224 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4225 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4226 Load Address: 00000000
4227 Entry Point: 0000000c
4228 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004229
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004230 ## Checking Image at 40200000 ...
4231 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4232 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4233 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4234 Load Address: 00000000
4235 Entry Point: 00000000
4236 Verifying Checksum ... OK
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004237
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004238 => bootm 40100000 40200000
4239 ## Booting Linux kernel at 40100000 ...
4240 Image Name: 2.2.13 for initrd on TQM850L
4241 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4242 Data Size: 335725 Bytes = 327 kB = 0 MB
4243 Load Address: 00000000
4244 Entry Point: 0000000c
4245 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4246 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4247 ## Loading RAMDisk Image at 40200000 ...
4248 Image Name: Simple Ramdisk Image
4249 Image Type: PowerPC Linux RAMDisk Image (gzip compressed)
4250 Data Size: 566530 Bytes = 553 kB = 0 MB
4251 Load Address: 00000000
4252 Entry Point: 00000000
4253 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4254 Loading Ramdisk ... OK
4255 Linux version 2.2.13 (wd@denx.local.net) (gcc version 2.95.2 19991024 (release)) #1 Wed Jul 19 02:32:08 MEST 2000
4256 Boot arguments: root=/dev/ram
4257 time_init: decrementer frequency = 187500000/60
4258 Calibrating delay loop... 49.77 BogoMIPS
4259 ...
4260 RAMDISK: Compressed image found at block 0
4261 VFS: Mounted root (ext2 filesystem).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004262
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004263 bash#
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004264
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004265Boot Linux and pass a flat device tree:
4266-----------
4267
4268First, U-Boot must be compiled with the appropriate defines. See the section
4269titled "Linux Kernel Interface" above for a more in depth explanation. The
4270following is an example of how to start a kernel and pass an updated
4271flat device tree:
4272
4273=> print oftaddr
4274oftaddr=0x300000
4275=> print oft
4276oft=oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb
4277=> tftp $oftaddr $oft
4278Speed: 1000, full duplex
4279Using TSEC0 device
4280TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.101
4281Filename 'oftrees/mpc8540ads.dtb'.
4282Load address: 0x300000
4283Loading: #
4284done
4285Bytes transferred = 4106 (100a hex)
4286=> tftp $loadaddr $bootfile
4287Speed: 1000, full duplex
4288Using TSEC0 device
4289TFTP from server 192.168.1.1; our IP address is 192.168.1.2
4290Filename 'uImage'.
4291Load address: 0x200000
4292Loading:############
4293done
4294Bytes transferred = 1029407 (fb51f hex)
4295=> print loadaddr
4296loadaddr=200000
4297=> print oftaddr
4298oftaddr=0x300000
4299=> bootm $loadaddr - $oftaddr
4300## Booting image at 00200000 ...
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004301 Image Name: Linux-2.6.17-dirty
4302 Image Type: PowerPC Linux Kernel Image (gzip compressed)
4303 Data Size: 1029343 Bytes = 1005.2 kB
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004304 Load Address: 00000000
Wolfgang Denka9398e02006-11-27 15:32:42 +01004305 Entry Point: 00000000
Matthew McClintock02677682006-06-28 10:41:37 -05004306 Verifying Checksum ... OK
4307 Uncompressing Kernel Image ... OK
4308Booting using flat device tree at 0x300000
4309Using MPC85xx ADS machine description
4310Memory CAM mapping: CAM0=256Mb, CAM1=256Mb, CAM2=0Mb residual: 0Mb
4311[snip]
4312
4313
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004314More About U-Boot Image Types:
4315------------------------------
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004316
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004317U-Boot supports the following image types:
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004318
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004319 "Standalone Programs" are directly runnable in the environment
4320 provided by U-Boot; it is expected that (if they behave
4321 well) you can continue to work in U-Boot after return from
4322 the Standalone Program.
4323 "OS Kernel Images" are usually images of some Embedded OS which
4324 will take over control completely. Usually these programs
4325 will install their own set of exception handlers, device
4326 drivers, set up the MMU, etc. - this means, that you cannot
4327 expect to re-enter U-Boot except by resetting the CPU.
4328 "RAMDisk Images" are more or less just data blocks, and their
4329 parameters (address, size) are passed to an OS kernel that is
4330 being started.
4331 "Multi-File Images" contain several images, typically an OS
4332 (Linux) kernel image and one or more data images like
4333 RAMDisks. This construct is useful for instance when you want
4334 to boot over the network using BOOTP etc., where the boot
4335 server provides just a single image file, but you want to get
4336 for instance an OS kernel and a RAMDisk image.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004337
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004338 "Multi-File Images" start with a list of image sizes, each
4339 image size (in bytes) specified by an "uint32_t" in network
4340 byte order. This list is terminated by an "(uint32_t)0".
4341 Immediately after the terminating 0 follow the images, one by
4342 one, all aligned on "uint32_t" boundaries (size rounded up to
4343 a multiple of 4 bytes).
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004344
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004345 "Firmware Images" are binary images containing firmware (like
4346 U-Boot or FPGA images) which usually will be programmed to
4347 flash memory.
stroesec1551ea2003-04-04 15:53:41 +00004348
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004349 "Script files" are command sequences that will be executed by
4350 U-Boot's command interpreter; this feature is especially
4351 useful when you configure U-Boot to use a real shell (hush)
4352 as command interpreter.
wdenk6069ff22003-02-28 00:49:47 +00004353
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004354
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004355Standalone HOWTO:
4356=================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004357
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004358One of the features of U-Boot is that you can dynamically load and
4359run "standalone" applications, which can use some resources of
4360U-Boot like console I/O functions or interrupt services.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004361
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004362Two simple examples are included with the sources:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004363
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004364"Hello World" Demo:
4365-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004366
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004367'examples/hello_world.c' contains a small "Hello World" Demo
4368application; it is automatically compiled when you build U-Boot.
4369It's configured to run at address 0x00040004, so you can play with it
4370like that:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004371
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004372 => loads
4373 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4374 ~>examples/hello_world.srec
4375 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4376 [file transfer complete]
4377 [connected]
4378 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004379
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004380 => go 40004 Hello World! This is a test.
4381 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4382 Hello World
4383 argc = 7
4384 argv[0] = "40004"
4385 argv[1] = "Hello"
4386 argv[2] = "World!"
4387 argv[3] = "This"
4388 argv[4] = "is"
4389 argv[5] = "a"
4390 argv[6] = "test."
4391 argv[7] = "<NULL>"
4392 Hit any key to exit ...
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004393
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004394 ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004395
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004396Another example, which demonstrates how to register a CPM interrupt
4397handler with the U-Boot code, can be found in 'examples/timer.c'.
4398Here, a CPM timer is set up to generate an interrupt every second.
4399The interrupt service routine is trivial, just printing a '.'
4400character, but this is just a demo program. The application can be
4401controlled by the following keys:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004402
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004403 ? - print current values og the CPM Timer registers
4404 b - enable interrupts and start timer
4405 e - stop timer and disable interrupts
4406 q - quit application
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004407
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004408 => loads
4409 ## Ready for S-Record download ...
4410 ~>examples/timer.srec
4411 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 ...
4412 [file transfer complete]
4413 [connected]
4414 ## Start Addr = 0x00040004
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004415
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004416 => go 40004
4417 ## Starting application at 0x00040004 ...
4418 TIMERS=0xfff00980
4419 Using timer 1
4420 tgcr @ 0xfff00980, tmr @ 0xfff00990, trr @ 0xfff00994, tcr @ 0xfff00998, tcn @ 0xfff0099c, ter @ 0xfff009b0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004421
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004422Hit 'b':
4423 [q, b, e, ?] Set interval 1000000 us
4424 Enabling timer
4425Hit '?':
4426 [q, b, e, ?] ........
4427 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0xef6, ter=0x0
4428Hit '?':
4429 [q, b, e, ?] .
4430 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x2ad4, ter=0x0
4431Hit '?':
4432 [q, b, e, ?] .
4433 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x1efc, ter=0x0
4434Hit '?':
4435 [q, b, e, ?] .
4436 tgcr=0x1, tmr=0xff1c, trr=0x3d09, tcr=0x0, tcn=0x169d, ter=0x0
4437Hit 'e':
4438 [q, b, e, ?] ...Stopping timer
4439Hit 'q':
4440 [q, b, e, ?] ## Application terminated, rc = 0x0
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004441
4442
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004443Minicom warning:
4444================
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004445
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004446Over time, many people have reported problems when trying to use the
4447"minicom" terminal emulation program for serial download. I (wd)
4448consider minicom to be broken, and recommend not to use it. Under
4449Unix, I recommend to use C-Kermit for general purpose use (and
4450especially for kermit binary protocol download ("loadb" command), and
4451use "cu" for S-Record download ("loads" command).
wdenk85ec0bc2003-03-31 16:34:49 +00004452
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004453Nevertheless, if you absolutely want to use it try adding this
4454configuration to your "File transfer protocols" section:
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004455
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004456 Name Program Name U/D FullScr IO-Red. Multi
4457 X kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -s Y U Y N N
4458 Y kermit /usr/bin/kermit -i -l %l -r N D Y N N
wdenk52f52c12003-06-19 23:04:19 +00004459
4460
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004461NetBSD Notes:
4462=============
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004463
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004464Starting at version 0.9.2, U-Boot supports NetBSD both as host
4465(build U-Boot) and target system (boots NetBSD/mpc8xx).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004466
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004467Building requires a cross environment; it is known to work on
4468NetBSD/i386 with the cross-powerpc-netbsd-1.3 package (you will also
4469need gmake since the Makefiles are not compatible with BSD make).
4470Note that the cross-powerpc package does not install include files;
4471attempting to build U-Boot will fail because <machine/ansi.h> is
4472missing. This file has to be installed and patched manually:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004473
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004474 # cd /usr/pkg/cross/powerpc-netbsd/include
4475 # mkdir powerpc
4476 # ln -s powerpc machine
4477 # cp /usr/src/sys/arch/powerpc/include/ansi.h powerpc/ansi.h
4478 # ${EDIT} powerpc/ansi.h ## must remove __va_list, _BSD_VA_LIST
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004479
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004480Native builds *don't* work due to incompatibilities between native
4481and U-Boot include files.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004482
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004483Booting assumes that (the first part of) the image booted is a
4484stage-2 loader which in turn loads and then invokes the kernel
4485proper. Loader sources will eventually appear in the NetBSD source
4486tree (probably in sys/arc/mpc8xx/stand/u-boot_stage2/); in the
wdenk2a8af182005-04-13 10:02:42 +00004487meantime, see ftp://ftp.denx.de/pub/u-boot/ppcboot_stage2.tar.gz
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004488
4489
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004490Implementation Internals:
4491=========================
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004492
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004493The following is not intended to be a complete description of every
4494implementation detail. However, it should help to understand the
4495inner workings of U-Boot and make it easier to port it to custom
4496hardware.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004497
4498
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004499Initial Stack, Global Data:
4500---------------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004501
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004502The implementation of U-Boot is complicated by the fact that U-Boot
4503starts running out of ROM (flash memory), usually without access to
4504system RAM (because the memory controller is not initialized yet).
4505This means that we don't have writable Data or BSS segments, and BSS
4506is not initialized as zero. To be able to get a C environment working
4507at all, we have to allocate at least a minimal stack. Implementation
4508options for this are defined and restricted by the CPU used: Some CPU
4509models provide on-chip memory (like the IMMR area on MPC8xx and
4510MPC826x processors), on others (parts of) the data cache can be
4511locked as (mis-) used as memory, etc.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004512
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004513 Chris Hallinan posted a good summary of these issues to the
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004514 U-Boot mailing list:
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004515
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004516 Subject: RE: [U-Boot-Users] RE: More On Memory Bank x (nothingness)?
4517 From: "Chris Hallinan" <clh@net1plus.com>
4518 Date: Mon, 10 Feb 2003 16:43:46 -0500 (22:43 MET)
4519 ...
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004520
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004521 Correct me if I'm wrong, folks, but the way I understand it
4522 is this: Using DCACHE as initial RAM for Stack, etc, does not
4523 require any physical RAM backing up the cache. The cleverness
4524 is that the cache is being used as a temporary supply of
4525 necessary storage before the SDRAM controller is setup. It's
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004526 beyond the scope of this list to explain the details, but you
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004527 can see how this works by studying the cache architecture and
4528 operation in the architecture and processor-specific manuals.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004529
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004530 OCM is On Chip Memory, which I believe the 405GP has 4K. It
4531 is another option for the system designer to use as an
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004532 initial stack/RAM area prior to SDRAM being available. Either
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004533 option should work for you. Using CS 4 should be fine if your
4534 board designers haven't used it for something that would
4535 cause you grief during the initial boot! It is frequently not
4536 used.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004537
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004538 CONFIG_SYS_INIT_RAM_ADDR should be somewhere that won't interfere
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004539 with your processor/board/system design. The default value
4540 you will find in any recent u-boot distribution in
Stefan Roese8a316c92005-08-01 16:49:12 +02004541 walnut.h should work for you. I'd set it to a value larger
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004542 than your SDRAM module. If you have a 64MB SDRAM module, set
4543 it above 400_0000. Just make sure your board has no resources
4544 that are supposed to respond to that address! That code in
4545 start.S has been around a while and should work as is when
4546 you get the config right.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004547
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004548 -Chris Hallinan
4549 DS4.COM, Inc.
wdenk43d96162003-03-06 00:02:04 +00004550
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004551It is essential to remember this, since it has some impact on the C
4552code for the initialization procedures:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004553
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004554* Initialized global data (data segment) is read-only. Do not attempt
4555 to write it.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004556
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004557* Do not use any uninitialized global data (or implicitely initialized
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004558 as zero data - BSS segment) at all - this is undefined, initiali-
4559 zation is performed later (when relocating to RAM).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004560
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004561* Stack space is very limited. Avoid big data buffers or things like
4562 that.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004563
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004564Having only the stack as writable memory limits means we cannot use
4565normal global data to share information beween the code. But it
4566turned out that the implementation of U-Boot can be greatly
4567simplified by making a global data structure (gd_t) available to all
4568functions. We could pass a pointer to this data as argument to _all_
4569functions, but this would bloat the code. Instead we use a feature of
4570the GCC compiler (Global Register Variables) to share the data: we
4571place a pointer (gd) to the global data into a register which we
4572reserve for this purpose.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004573
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004574When choosing a register for such a purpose we are restricted by the
4575relevant (E)ABI specifications for the current architecture, and by
4576GCC's implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004577
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004578For PowerPC, the following registers have specific use:
4579 R1: stack pointer
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004580 R2: reserved for system use
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004581 R3-R4: parameter passing and return values
4582 R5-R10: parameter passing
4583 R13: small data area pointer
4584 R30: GOT pointer
4585 R31: frame pointer
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004586
Joakim Tjernlunde6bee802010-01-19 14:41:58 +01004587 (U-Boot also uses R12 as internal GOT pointer. r12
4588 is a volatile register so r12 needs to be reset when
4589 going back and forth between asm and C)
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004590
Wolfgang Denke7670f62008-02-14 22:43:22 +01004591 ==> U-Boot will use R2 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004592
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004593 Note: on PPC, we could use a static initializer (since the
4594 address of the global data structure is known at compile time),
4595 but it turned out that reserving a register results in somewhat
4596 smaller code - although the code savings are not that big (on
4597 average for all boards 752 bytes for the whole U-Boot image,
4598 624 text + 127 data).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004599
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004600On Blackfin, the normal C ABI (except for P3) is followed as documented here:
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004601 http://docs.blackfin.uclinux.org/doku.php?id=application_binary_interface
4602
Robin Getzc4db3352009-08-17 15:23:02 +00004603 ==> U-Boot will use P3 to hold a pointer to the global data
Mike Frysinger4c58eb52008-02-04 19:26:54 -05004604
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004605On ARM, the following registers are used:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004606
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004607 R0: function argument word/integer result
4608 R1-R3: function argument word
4609 R9: GOT pointer
4610 R10: stack limit (used only if stack checking if enabled)
4611 R11: argument (frame) pointer
4612 R12: temporary workspace
4613 R13: stack pointer
4614 R14: link register
4615 R15: program counter
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004616
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004617 ==> U-Boot will use R8 to hold a pointer to the global data
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004618
Thomas Chou0df01fd2010-05-21 11:08:03 +08004619On Nios II, the ABI is documented here:
4620 http://www.altera.com/literature/hb/nios2/n2cpu_nii51016.pdf
4621
4622 ==> U-Boot will use gp to hold a pointer to the global data
4623
4624 Note: on Nios II, we give "-G0" option to gcc and don't use gp
4625 to access small data sections, so gp is free.
4626
Macpaul Linafc1ce82011-10-19 20:41:11 +00004627On NDS32, the following registers are used:
4628
4629 R0-R1: argument/return
4630 R2-R5: argument
4631 R15: temporary register for assembler
4632 R16: trampoline register
4633 R28: frame pointer (FP)
4634 R29: global pointer (GP)
4635 R30: link register (LP)
4636 R31: stack pointer (SP)
4637 PC: program counter (PC)
4638
4639 ==> U-Boot will use R10 to hold a pointer to the global data
4640
Wolfgang Denkd87080b2006-03-31 18:32:53 +02004641NOTE: DECLARE_GLOBAL_DATA_PTR must be used with file-global scope,
4642or current versions of GCC may "optimize" the code too much.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004643
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004644Memory Management:
4645------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004646
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004647U-Boot runs in system state and uses physical addresses, i.e. the
4648MMU is not used either for address mapping nor for memory protection.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004649
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004650The available memory is mapped to fixed addresses using the memory
4651controller. In this process, a contiguous block is formed for each
4652memory type (Flash, SDRAM, SRAM), even when it consists of several
4653physical memory banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004654
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004655U-Boot is installed in the first 128 kB of the first Flash bank (on
4656TQM8xxL modules this is the range 0x40000000 ... 0x4001FFFF). After
4657booting and sizing and initializing DRAM, the code relocates itself
4658to the upper end of DRAM. Immediately below the U-Boot code some
Jean-Christophe PLAGNIOL-VILLARD6d0f6bc2008-10-16 15:01:15 +02004659memory is reserved for use by malloc() [see CONFIG_SYS_MALLOC_LEN
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004660configuration setting]. Below that, a structure with global Board
4661Info data is placed, followed by the stack (growing downward).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004662
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004663Additionally, some exception handler code is copied to the low 8 kB
4664of DRAM (0x00000000 ... 0x00001FFF).
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004665
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004666So a typical memory configuration with 16 MB of DRAM could look like
4667this:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004668
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004669 0x0000 0000 Exception Vector code
4670 :
4671 0x0000 1FFF
4672 0x0000 2000 Free for Application Use
4673 :
4674 :
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004675
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004676 :
4677 :
4678 0x00FB FF20 Monitor Stack (Growing downward)
4679 0x00FB FFAC Board Info Data and permanent copy of global data
4680 0x00FC 0000 Malloc Arena
4681 :
4682 0x00FD FFFF
4683 0x00FE 0000 RAM Copy of Monitor Code
4684 ... eventually: LCD or video framebuffer
4685 ... eventually: pRAM (Protected RAM - unchanged by reset)
4686 0x00FF FFFF [End of RAM]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004687
4688
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004689System Initialization:
4690----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004691
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004692In the reset configuration, U-Boot starts at the reset entry point
Marcel Ziswiler11ccc332008-07-09 08:17:15 +02004693(on most PowerPC systems at address 0x00000100). Because of the reset
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004694configuration for CS0# this is a mirror of the onboard Flash memory.
4695To be able to re-map memory U-Boot then jumps to its link address.
4696To be able to implement the initialization code in C, a (small!)
4697initial stack is set up in the internal Dual Ported RAM (in case CPUs
4698which provide such a feature like MPC8xx or MPC8260), or in a locked
4699part of the data cache. After that, U-Boot initializes the CPU core,
4700the caches and the SIU.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004701
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004702Next, all (potentially) available memory banks are mapped using a
4703preliminary mapping. For example, we put them on 512 MB boundaries
4704(multiples of 0x20000000: SDRAM on 0x00000000 and 0x20000000, Flash
4705on 0x40000000 and 0x60000000, SRAM on 0x80000000). Then UPM A is
4706programmed for SDRAM access. Using the temporary configuration, a
4707simple memory test is run that determines the size of the SDRAM
4708banks.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004709
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004710When there is more than one SDRAM bank, and the banks are of
4711different size, the largest is mapped first. For equal size, the first
4712bank (CS2#) is mapped first. The first mapping is always for address
47130x00000000, with any additional banks following immediately to create
4714contiguous memory starting from 0.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004715
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004716Then, the monitor installs itself at the upper end of the SDRAM area
4717and allocates memory for use by malloc() and for the global Board
4718Info data; also, the exception vector code is copied to the low RAM
4719pages, and the final stack is set up.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004720
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004721Only after this relocation will you have a "normal" C environment;
4722until that you are restricted in several ways, mostly because you are
4723running from ROM, and because the code will have to be relocated to a
4724new address in RAM.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004725
4726
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004727U-Boot Porting Guide:
4728----------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004729
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004730[Based on messages by Jerry Van Baren in the U-Boot-Users mailing
4731list, October 2002]
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004732
4733
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004734int main(int argc, char *argv[])
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004735{
4736 sighandler_t no_more_time;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004737
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004738 signal(SIGALRM, no_more_time);
4739 alarm(PROJECT_DEADLINE - toSec (3 * WEEK));
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004740
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004741 if (available_money > available_manpower) {
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004742 Pay consultant to port U-Boot;
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004743 return 0;
4744 }
4745
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004746 Download latest U-Boot source;
4747
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004748 Subscribe to u-boot mailing list;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004749
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004750 if (clueless)
4751 email("Hi, I am new to U-Boot, how do I get started?");
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004752
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004753 while (learning) {
4754 Read the README file in the top level directory;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004755 Read http://www.denx.de/twiki/bin/view/DULG/Manual;
4756 Read applicable doc/*.README;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004757 Read the source, Luke;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004758 /* find . -name "*.[chS]" | xargs grep -i <keyword> */
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004759 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004760
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004761 if (available_money > toLocalCurrency ($2500))
4762 Buy a BDI3000;
4763 else
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004764 Add a lot of aggravation and time;
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004765
4766 if (a similar board exists) { /* hopefully... */
4767 cp -a board/<similar> board/<myboard>
4768 cp include/configs/<similar>.h include/configs/<myboard>.h
4769 } else {
4770 Create your own board support subdirectory;
4771 Create your own board include/configs/<myboard>.h file;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004772 }
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004773 Edit new board/<myboard> files
4774 Edit new include/configs/<myboard>.h
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004775
Jerry Van Baren6c3fef22009-07-15 20:42:59 -04004776 while (!accepted) {
4777 while (!running) {
4778 do {
4779 Add / modify source code;
4780 } until (compiles);
4781 Debug;
4782 if (clueless)
4783 email("Hi, I am having problems...");
4784 }
4785 Send patch file to the U-Boot email list;
4786 if (reasonable critiques)
4787 Incorporate improvements from email list code review;
4788 else
4789 Defend code as written;
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004790 }
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004791
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004792 return 0;
4793}
4794
4795void no_more_time (int sig)
4796{
4797 hire_a_guru();
4798}
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004799
4800
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004801Coding Standards:
4802-----------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004803
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004804All contributions to U-Boot should conform to the Linux kernel
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004805coding style; see the file "Documentation/CodingStyle" and the script
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004806"scripts/Lindent" in your Linux kernel source directory.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004807
Detlev Zundel2c051652006-09-01 15:39:02 +02004808Source files originating from a different project (for example the
4809MTD subsystem) are generally exempt from these guidelines and are not
4810reformated to ease subsequent migration to newer versions of those
4811sources.
4812
4813Please note that U-Boot is implemented in C (and to some small parts in
4814Assembler); no C++ is used, so please do not use C++ style comments (//)
4815in your code.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004816
4817Please also stick to the following formatting rules:
4818- remove any trailing white space
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004819- use TAB characters for indentation and vertical alignment, not spaces
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004820- make sure NOT to use DOS '\r\n' line feeds
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004821- do not add more than 2 consecutive empty lines to source files
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004822- do not add trailing empty lines to source files
4823
4824Submissions which do not conform to the standards may be returned
4825with a request to reformat the changes.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004826
4827
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004828Submitting Patches:
4829-------------------
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004830
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004831Since the number of patches for U-Boot is growing, we need to
4832establish some rules. Submissions which do not conform to these rules
4833may be rejected, even when they contain important and valuable stuff.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004834
Magnus Lilja0d28f342008-08-06 19:32:33 +02004835Please see http://www.denx.de/wiki/U-Boot/Patches for details.
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004836
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004837Patches shall be sent to the u-boot mailing list <u-boot@lists.denx.de>;
4838see http://lists.denx.de/mailman/listinfo/u-boot
4839
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004840When you send a patch, please include the following information with
4841it:
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004842
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004843* For bug fixes: a description of the bug and how your patch fixes
4844 this bug. Please try to include a way of demonstrating that the
4845 patch actually fixes something.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004846
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004847* For new features: a description of the feature and your
4848 implementation.
wdenkc6097192002-11-03 00:24:07 +00004849
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004850* A CHANGELOG entry as plaintext (separate from the patch)
4851
4852* For major contributions, your entry to the CREDITS file
4853
4854* When you add support for a new board, don't forget to add this
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004855 board to the MAINTAINERS file, too.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004856
4857* If your patch adds new configuration options, don't forget to
4858 document these in the README file.
4859
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004860* The patch itself. If you are using git (which is *strongly*
4861 recommended) you can easily generate the patch using the
Wolfgang Denk7ca92962011-07-27 10:59:55 +00004862 "git format-patch". If you then use "git send-email" to send it to
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004863 the U-Boot mailing list, you will avoid most of the common problems
4864 with some other mail clients.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004865
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004866 If you cannot use git, use "diff -purN OLD NEW". If your version of
4867 diff does not support these options, then get the latest version of
4868 GNU diff.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004869
Wolfgang Denk218ca722008-03-26 10:40:12 +01004870 The current directory when running this command shall be the parent
4871 directory of the U-Boot source tree (i. e. please make sure that
4872 your patch includes sufficient directory information for the
4873 affected files).
4874
4875 We prefer patches as plain text. MIME attachments are discouraged,
4876 and compressed attachments must not be used.
wdenk2729af92004-05-03 20:45:30 +00004877
4878* If one logical set of modifications affects or creates several
4879 files, all these changes shall be submitted in a SINGLE patch file.
4880
4881* Changesets that contain different, unrelated modifications shall be
4882 submitted as SEPARATE patches, one patch per changeset.
4883
4884
4885Notes:
4886
4887* Before sending the patch, run the MAKEALL script on your patched
4888 source tree and make sure that no errors or warnings are reported
4889 for any of the boards.
4890
4891* Keep your modifications to the necessary minimum: A patch
4892 containing several unrelated changes or arbitrary reformats will be
4893 returned with a request to re-formatting / split it.
4894
4895* If you modify existing code, make sure that your new code does not
4896 add to the memory footprint of the code ;-) Small is beautiful!
4897 When adding new features, these should compile conditionally only
4898 (using #ifdef), and the resulting code with the new feature
4899 disabled must not need more memory than the old code without your
4900 modification.
wdenk90dc6702005-05-03 14:12:25 +00004901
Wolfgang Denk06682362008-12-30 22:56:11 +01004902* Remember that there is a size limit of 100 kB per message on the
4903 u-boot mailing list. Bigger patches will be moderated. If they are
4904 reasonable and not too big, they will be acknowledged. But patches
4905 bigger than the size limit should be avoided.